IB 

Union Calendar No. 105

108TH CONGRESS 

1ST SESSION H. R. 1950

[Report No. 108–105, Parts I, II, III, and IV] 

To authorize appropriations for the Department of State for the fiscal years 

2004 and 2005, to authorize appropriations under the Arms Export 

Control Act and the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 for security assistance for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, and for other purposes. 

IN THE HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES 

MAY 5, 2003

Mr. HYDE (for himself, Mr. LANTOS, and Mr. BERMAN) introduced the 

following bill; which was referred to the Committee on International Relations 

MAY 16, 2003

Reported with an amendment and referred to the Committees on Armed Services, Energy and Commerce, and the Judiciary for a period ending not 

later than June 13, 2003, for consideration of such provisions of the bill 

and amendment as fall within the jurisdiction of those committees pursuant to clause 1 of Rule X 

[Strike all after the enacting clause and insert the part printed in italic] 

JUNE 9, 2003

Referral to the Committees on Armed Services, Energy and Commerce, and 

the Judiciary extended for a period ending not later than June 16, 2003

JUNE 12, 2003

Supplemental report filed by the Committee on International Relations 

JUNE 16, 2003

The Committee on the Judiciary discharged 

JUNE 16, 2003

Referral to the Committees on Armed Services and Energy and Commerce 

extended for a period ending not later than July 11, 2003
2

•HR 1950 RH 

JUNE 30, 2003

Reported from the Committee on Armed Services with amendments 

[Omit the part struck through in italic and insert the part in boldface roman] 

JULY 11, 2003

Reported from the Committee on Energy and Commerce with an amendment, 

committed to the Committee on the Whole House on the State of the 

Union, and ordered printed 

[Omit the part in bold brackets] 

[For text of introduced bill, see copy of bill as introduced on May 5, 2003] 

A BILL

To authorize appropriations for the Department of State 

for the fiscal years 2004 and 2005, to authorize appropriations under the Arms Export Control Act and the 

Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 for security assistance 

for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, and for other purposes.

1 Be it enacted by the Senate and House of Representa2 tives of the United States of America in Congress assembled,

3 SECTION 1. SHORT TITLE. 

4 This Act may be cited as the ‘‘Foreign Relations Au5 thorization Act, Fiscal Years 2004 and 2005’’. 

6 SEC. 2. ORGANIZATION OF ACT INTO DIVISIONS; TABLE OF 

7 CONTENTS. 

8 (a) ORGANIZATION OF ACT INTO DIVISIONS.—This Act 

9 is organized into two divisions as follows: 

10 (1) DIVISION A.—Department of State Author11 ization Act, Fiscal Years 2004 and 2005. 
3

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) DIVISION B.—Defense Trade and Security 

2 Assistance Reform Act of 2003. 

3 (b) TABLE OF CONTENTS.—The table of contents for 

4 this Act is as follows:

Sec. 1. Short title. 

Sec. 2. Organization of act into divisions; table of contents. 

Sec. 3. Definitions. 

DIVISION A—DEPARTMENT OF STATE AUTHORIZATION ACT, FISCAL 

YEARS 2004 AND 2005

Sec. 101. Short title. 

TITLE I—AUTHORIZATIONS OF APPROPRIATIONS 

Subtitle A—Department of State 

Sec. 111. Administration of foreign affairs. 

Sec. 112. United States educational and cultural programs. 

Sec. 113. Contributions to international organizations. 

Sec. 114. International commissions. 

Sec. 115. Migration and refugee assistance. 

Sec. 116. Voluntary contributions to international organizations. 

Sec. 117. Voluntary contributions for international peacekeeping activities. 

Sec. 118. Grants to the Asia Foundation. 

Subtitle B—United States International Broadcasting Activities 

Sec. 121. Authorizations of appropriations. 

TITLE II—DEPARTMENT OF STATE AUTHORITIES AND ACTIVITIES 

Subtitle A—United States Public Diplomacy 

Sec. 201. Findings and purposes. 

Sec. 202. Public diplomacy responsibilities of the Department of State. 

Sec. 203. Annual plan on public diplomacy strategy. 

Sec. 204. Public diplomacy training. 

Sec. 205. United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy. 

Sec. 206. Library program. 

Sec. 207. Sense of Congress concerning public diplomacy efforts in sub-Saharan 

Africa. 

Subtitle B—Basic Authorities and Activities 

Sec. 221. United States policy with respect to Jerusalem as the capital of Israel. 

Sec. 222. Modification of reporting requirements. 

Sec. 223. Report concerning efforts to promote Israel’s diplomatic relations with 

other countries.

Sec. 224. Reimbursement rate for airlift services provided to the Department of 

State.
4

•HR 1950 RH 

Sec. 224. Reimbursement rate for certain airlift services provided by the Department of Defense to the Department of State.

Sec. 225. Sense of Congress regarding additional United States consular posts. 

Sec. 226. Validity of United States passports for travel to countries receiving 

United States foreign assistance.

Sec. 227. Security capital cost sharing.

Sec. 227. GAO assessment of security capital cost sharing.

Sec. 228. Authority to issue administrative subpoenas. 

Sec. 229. Enhancing refugee resettlement and maintaining the United States 

commitment to refugees. 

Sec. 230. The Colin Powell Center for American Diplomacy. 

Subtitle C—Educational and Cultural Authorities 

Sec. 251. Establishment of initiatives for predominantly Muslim countries. 

Sec. 252. Database of American and foreign participants in exchange programs. 

Sec. 253. Report on inclusion of freedom and democracy advocates in educational 

and cultural exchange programs. 

Sec. 254. Sense of the Congress concerning educational and cultural exchange 

program for foreign journalists. 

Sec. 255. Sense of Congress regarding Korean Fulbright programs. 

Sec. 256. Authorizing East Timorese scholarships for graduate study. 

Sec. 257. Public safety awareness in study abroad programs. 

Subtitle D—Consular Authorities 

Sec. 271. Machine readable visas. 

Sec. 272. Processing of visa applications. 

Sec. 273. Staffing at diplomatic missions. 

TITLE III—ORGANIZATION AND PERSONNEL OF THE DEPARTMENT 

OF STATE 

Sec. 301. Fellowship of Hope Program. 

Sec. 302. Claims for lost pay. 

Sec. 303. Ombudsman for the Department of State. 

Sec. 304. Repeal of recertification requirement for senior foreign service. 

Sec. 305. Report concerning status of employees of State Department. 

Sec. 306. Home leave. 

Sec. 307. Increased limits applicable to post differentials and danger pay allowances. 

Sec. 308. Regulations regarding retirement credit for government service performed abroad. 

Sec. 309. Minority recruitment. 

Sec. 310. Meritorious step increases. 

TITLE IV—INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS 

Subtitle A—Basic Authorities and Activities 

Sec. 401. Raising the cap on peacekeeping contributions. 

Sec. 402. Regarding the reentry of the United States in UNESCO. 

Sec. 403. UNESCO national commission. 

Sec. 404. Organization of American States (OAS) emergency fund. 

Sec. 405. United States efforts regarding the status of Israel in the Western European and Others Group at the United Nations.
5

•HR 1950 RH 

Subtitle B—United States International Leadership 

Sec. 431. Short title. 

Sec. 432. Findings. 

Sec. 433. Establishment of a democracy caucus. 

Sec. 434. Annual diplomatic missions on multilateral issues. 

Sec. 435. Leadership and membership of international organizations. 

Sec. 436. Increased training in multilateral diplomacy. 

Sec. 437. Promoting assignments to international organizations. 

Sec. 438. Implementation and establishment of office on multilateral negotiations. 

Sec. 439. Synchronization of United States contributions to international organizations. 

TITLE V—UNITED STATES INTERNATIONAL BROADCASTING 

ACTIVITIES 

Subtitle A—Basic Authorities and Activities 

Sec. 501. Mideast Radio and Television Network, Inc. 

Sec. 502. Improving signal delivery to Cuba. 

Sec. 503. Report concerning efforts to counter jamming of broadcasts of Radio 

Marti and TV Marti. 

Sec. 504. Pilot program for the promotion of travel and tourism in the United 

States through United States international broadcasting. 

Sec. 505. Radio Free Asia broadcasts into North Korea. 

Sec. 506. Prohibition on elimination of international broadcasting in Eastern 

Europe. 

Subtitle B—Global Internet Freedom 

Sec. 521. Short title. 

Sec. 522. Findings. 

Sec. 523. Purposes. 

Sec. 524. Development and deployment of technologies to defeat Internet jamming 

and censorship. 

Subtitle C—Reorganization of United States International Broadcasting 

Sec. 531. Establishment of United States International Broadcasting Agency. 

Sec. 532. Authorities and functions of the agency. 

Sec. 533. Role of the Secretary of State. 

Sec. 534. Administrative provisions. 

Sec. 535. Broadcasting Board of Governors and International Broadcasting Bureau. 

Sec. 536. Transition. 

Sec. 537. Conforming amendments. 

Sec. 538. References. 

Sec. 539. Broadcasting standards. 

Sec. 540. Effective date. 

TITLE VI—INTERNATIONAL FREE MEDIA ACT OF 2003

Sec. 601. Short title. 

Sec. 602. Definitions. 

Sec. 603. Findings. 

Sec. 604. Statements of policy. 

Sec. 605. Coordinator for International Free Media. 
6

•HR 1950 RH 

Sec. 606. United States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy and International Media. 

Sec. 607. International Free Media Fund. 

Sec. 608. Free media promotion activity of the Broadcasting Board of Governors. 

TITLE VII—MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS 

Subtitle A—Reporting Requirements

Sec. 701. Reports on benchmarks for Bosnia.

Sec. 702 701. Reports to Committee on International Relations. 

Sec. 703 702. Reports concerning the capture and prosecution of paramilitary 

and other terrorist leaders in Colombia. 

Sec. 704 703. Reports relating to Magen David Adom Society. 

Sec. 705 704. Report concerning the return of portraits of Holocaust victims to 

the artist Dina Babbitt. 

Sec. 706 705. Report to Congress on use of vested assets. 

Sec. 707 706. Report concerning the conflict in Uganda. 

Sec. 708 707. Requirement for report on United States policy toward Haiti. 

Sec. 709 708. Report on the effects of Plan Colombia on Ecuador. 

Sec. 710 709. Report on actions taken by Pakistan. 

Sec. 711 710. Report on democracy in the Western Hemisphere. 

Sec. 712 711. Report concerning internal and intra-regional conflicts in the 

Great Lakes region of Africa.

Subtitle B—Other Matters 

Sec. 721. Sense of Congress relating to East Timor, justice, and rehabilitation. 

Sec. 722. Sense of Congress concerning human rights and justice in Indonesia. 

Sec. 723. Amendment to the International Religious Freedom Act of 1998. 

Sec. 724. Sense of Congress with respect to human rights in Central Asia. 

Sec. 725. Technical correction to authorization of appropriations for fiscal year 

2003 for Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange Between 

East and West. 

Sec. 726. Under Secretary of Commerce for Industry and Security. 

Sec. 727. Concerning the spread of weapons of mass destruction. 

Sec. 728. International agriculture biotechnology information program. 

Sec. 729. Refugee resettlement burdensharing. 

ƒSec. 730. Sense of Congress on climate change.≈

Sec. 731. Sense of Congress regarding migration issues between the United States 

and Mexico. 

Sec. 732. Sense of Congress concerning United States assistance to Palestinian 

refugees. 

Sec. 733. United States policy on World Bank Group loans to Iran. 

Sec. 734. Sense of Congress relating to Soviet nuclear tests in Kazakhstan. 

Sec. 735. Sense of Congress relating to violence against women.

DIVISION B—DEFENSE TRADE AND SECURITY ASSISTANCE 

REFORM ACT OF 2003

TITLE X—GENERAL PROVISIONS 

Sec. 1001. Short title. 

Sec. 1002. Definitions. 

Sec. 1003. References to Arms Export Control Act. 
7

•HR 1950 RH 

TITLE XI—TERRORIST-RELATED PROHIBITIONS AND 

ENFORCEMENT MEASURES 

Sec. 1101. Eligibility provisions. 

Sec. 1102. Weapons transfers to foreign persons in the United States. 

Sec. 1103. Coordination of license exemptions with United States law enforcement 

agencies. 

Sec. 1104. Mechanisms to identify persons in violation of certain provisions of 

law. 

Sec. 1105. Comprehensive nature of United States arms embargoes. 

Sec. 1106. Transactions with countries supporting acts of international terrorism. 

Sec. 1107. Amendments to control of arms exports and imports. 

Sec. 1108. High risk exports and end use verification. 

Sec. 1109. Concurrent jurisdiction of the Federal Bureau of Investigation. 

Sec. 1110. Report on foreign-supplied defense articles, defense services, and dual 

use goods and technology discovered in Iraq. 

TITLE XII—STRENGTHENING MUNITIONS EXPORT CONTROLS 

Sec. 1201. Control of items on Missile Technology Control Regime Annex. 

Sec. 1202. Certifications relating to export of certain defense articles and services. 

Sec. 1203. Notification requirements for technical assistance and manufacturing 

licensing agreements with NATO member countries, Australia, 

New Zealand, and Japan. 

Sec. 1204. Strengthening defense cooperation with Australia and the United 

Kingdom. 

Sec. 1205. Training and liaison for small businesses. 

Sec. 1206. Study and report relating to co-locating munitions control functions 

of the Departments of State, Defense, and Homeland Security. 

TITLE XIII—SECURITY ASSISTANCE AND RELATED PROVISIONS 

Subtitle A—Foreign Military Sales and Financing Authorities 

Sec. 1301. Authorization of appropriations. 

Sec. 1302. Provision of cataloging data and services. 

Sec. 1303. Annual estimate and justification for sales program. 

Sec. 1304. Adjustment to advance notification requirement for transfer of certain 

excess defense articles. 

Subtitle B—International Military Education and Training 

Sec. 1311. Authorization of appropriations. 

Sec. 1312. Annual foreign military training reporting. 

Subtitle C—Assistance for Select Countries 

Sec. 1321. Assistance for Israel. 

Sec. 1322. Assistance for Egypt. 

Subtitle D—Miscellaneous Provisions 

Sec. 1331. United States War Reserve Stockpiles for Allies. 

Sec. 1332. Transfer to Israel of certain defense articles in the United States War 

Reserve Stockpiles for Allies. 

Sec. 1333. Expansion of authorities for loan of material, supplies, and equipment 

for research and development purposes.
8

•HR 1950 RH 

Sec. 1334. Assistance for demining and related activities. 

Sec. 1335. Reports relating to Treaty Between the United States and the Russian 

Federation on Strategic Offensive Reductions. 

Sec. 1336. Statement of House of Representatives regarding the Treaty Between 

the United States and the Russian Federation on Strategic Offensive Reductions. 

Sec. 1337. Nonproliferation and Disarmament Fund. 

Sec. 1338. Maritime interdiction patrol boats for Mozambique. 

Sec. 1339. Report on missile defense cooperation. 

Sec. 1340. Iran’s program to develop a nuclear explosive device. 

TITLE XIV—MISSILE THREAT REDUCTION ACT OF 2003

Sec. 1401. Short title. 

Subtitle A—Strengthening International Missile Nonproliferation Law 

Sec. 1411. Findings. 

Sec. 1412. Policy of the United States. 

Sec. 1413. Sense of Congress. 

Subtitle B—Strengthening United States Missile Nonproliferation Law 

Sec. 1421. Probationary period for foreign persons. 

Sec. 1422. Strengthening United States missile proliferation sanctions on foreign 

persons. 

Sec. 1423. Comprehensive United States missile proliferation sanctions on all responsible persons. 

Subtitle C—Incentives for Missile Threat Reduction 

Sec. 1431. Foreign assistance. 

Sec. 1432. Authorization of appropriations. 

Sec. 1433. Authorization of technical assistance in missile disarmament.

TITLE XV—EXPORTS OF SATELLITES 

Sec. 1501. Export controls on satellites and related items. 

Sec. 1502. Mandatory review by Department of State. 

Sec. 1503. Export restrictions not affected. 

Sec. 1504. Definitions.

TITLE XVI XV—PROMOTION OF DEMOCRACY, HUMAN RIGHTS, AND 

RULE OF LAW IN BELARUS 

Sec. 1601 1501. Assistance to promote democracy and civil society in Belarus. 

Sec. 1602 1502. Radio broadcasting to Belarus. 

Sec. 1603 1503. Sense of Congress relating to sanctions against the Government 

of Belarus. 

Sec. 1604 1504. Multilateral cooperation. 

Sec. 1605 1505. Report. 

Sec. 1606 1506. Definitions. 

TITLE XVII XVI—ISRAELI-PALESTINIAN PEACE ENHANCEMENT ACT 

OF 2003

Sec. 1701 1601. Short title. 

Sec. 1702 1602. Findings. 
9

•HR 1950 RH 

Sec. 1703 1603. Purposes. 

Sec. 1704 1604. Sense of Congress. 

Sec. 1705 1605. Recognition of a Palestinian state. 

Sec. 1706 1606. Limitation on assistance to a Palestinian state. 

Sec. 1707 1607. Authorization of assistance to a Palestinian state. 

TITLE XVIII XVII—MISCELLANEOUS FOREIGN ASSISTANCE 

PROVISIONS 

Sec. 1801 1701. Additional authorities relating to international narcotics control assistance. 

Sec. 1802 1702. United States opium eradication program in Colombia. 

Sec. 1803 1703. Cooperative Development Program. 

Sec. 1804 1704. West Bank and Gaza Program. 

Sec. 1805 1705. Annual human rights country reports on incitement to acts of 

discrimination. 

Sec. 1806 1706. Assistance to East Timor. 

Sec. 1807 1707. Support for democracy-building efforts for Cuba. 

Sec. 1808 1708. Amendment to the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002. 

Sec. 1809 1709. Congo Basin Forest Partnership. 

Sec. 1810 1710. Combatting the piracy of United States copyrighted materials. 

Sec. 1811 1711. Assistance for law enforcement forces in certain foreign countries. 

Sec. 1812 1712. Human Rights and Democracy Fund. 

Sec. 1813 1713. Enhanced police training. 

Sec. 1814 1714. Promoting a secure and democratic Afghanistan. 

Sec. 1815 1715. Grants to the Africa Society.

1 SEC. 3. DEFINITIONS. 

2 In this Act: 

3 (1) APPROPRIATE CONGRESSIONAL COMMIT4 TEES.—The term ‘‘appropriate congressional commit5 tees’’ means the Committee on Foreign Relations of 

6 the Senate and the Committee on International Rela7 tions of the House of Representatives. 

8 (2) DEPARTMENT.—The term ‘‘Department’’ 

9 means the Department of State. 

10 (3) SECRETARY.—Except as otherwise provided, 

11 the term ‘‘Secretary’’ means the Secretary of State. 
10

•HR 1950 RH 

1 DIVISION A—DEPARTMENT OF 

2 STATE AUTHORIZATION ACT, 

3 FISCAL YEARS 2004 AND 2005

4 SEC. 101. SHORT TITLE. 

5 This division may be cited as the ‘‘Department of 

6 State Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 2004 and 2005’’. 

7 TITLE I—AUTHORIZATIONS OF 

8 APPROPRIATIONS 

9 Subtitle A—Department of State 

10 SEC. 111. ADMINISTRATION OF FOREIGN AFFAIRS. 

11 (a) IN GENERAL.—The following amounts are author12 ized to be appropriated for the Department under ‘‘Admin13 istration of Foreign Affairs’’ to carry out the authorities, 

14 functions, duties, and responsibilities in the conduct of the 

15 foreign affairs of the United States, and for other purposes 

16 authorized by law, including public diplomacy activities 

17 and the diplomatic security program: 

18 (1) DIPLOMATIC AND CONSULAR PROGRAMS.—

19 (A) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIA20 TIONS.—For ‘‘Diplomatic and Consular Pro21 grams’’, $4,187,544,000 for the fiscal year 2004 

22 and $4,438,796,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

23 (B) PUBLIC DIPLOMACY.—

24 (i) IN GENERAL.—Of the amounts au25 thorized to be appropriated by subpara-
11

•HR 1950 RH 

1 graph (A), $320,930,000 for the fiscal year 

2 2004 and $329,838,000 for the fiscal year 

3 2005 is authorized to be appropriated for 

4 public diplomacy. 

5 (ii) IMPROVEMENTS IN PUBLIC DIPLO6 MACY PROGRAMS.—Of the amounts author7 ized to be appropriated under clause (i) 

8 $20,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

9 $20,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is au10 thorized to be available for improvements 

11 and modernization of public diplomacy pro12 grams and activities of the Department of 

13 State. 

14 (iii) TRANSLATION SERVICES.—Of the 

15 amounts authorized to be appropriated 

16 under clause (i), $4,000,000 for the fiscal 

17 year 2004 and $4,000,000 for the fiscal year 

18 2005 is authorized to be available for trans19 lation services available to public affairs of20 ficers in overseas posts. 

21 (C) WORLDWIDE SECURITY UPGRADES.—Of 

22 the amounts authorized to be appropriated by 

23 subparagraph (A), $646,701,000 for the fiscal 

24 year 2004 and $679,036,000 for the fiscal year 
12

•HR 1950 RH 

1 2005 is authorized to be appropriated for world2 wide security upgrades. 

3 (D) BUREAU OF DEMOCRACY, HUMAN

4 RIGHTS, AND LABOR.—Of the amounts author5 ized to be appropriated by subparagraph (A), 

6 $20,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

7 $20,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is author8 ized to be appropriated for salaries and expenses 

9 of the Bureau of Democracy, Human Rights, 

10 and Labor. 

11 (E) RECRUITMENT OF MINORITY GROUPS.—

12 Of the amount authorized to be appropriated by 

13 subparagraph (A), $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 

14 2004 and $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is 

15 authorized to be appropriated for the recruitment 

16 of members of minority groups for careers in the 

17 Foreign Service and international affairs. 

18 (2) CAPITAL INVESTMENT FUND.—For ‘‘Capital 

19 Investment Fund’’, $157,000,000 for the fiscal year 

20 2004 and $161,710,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

21 (3) EMBASSY SECURITY, CONSTRUCTION AND

22 MAINTENANCE.—

23 (A) IN GENERAL.—For ‘‘Embassy Security, 

24 Construction and Maintenance’’, $653,000,000 

25 for the fiscal year 2004 and $784,000,000 for the
13

•HR 1950 RH 

1 fiscal year 2005, in addition to amounts other2 wise authorized to be appropriated for such pur3 pose by section 604 of the Admiral James W. 

4 Nance and Meg Donovan Foreign Relations Au5 thorization Act, Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001 (as 

6 enacted into law by section 1000(a)(7) of Public 

7 Law 106–113 and contained in appendix G of 

8 that Act; 113 Stat. 1501A–470). 

9 (B) AMENDMENT OF THE NANCE-DONOVAN

10 FOREIGN RELATIONS AUTHORIZATION ACT.—Sec11 tion 604(a) of the Admiral James W. Nance and 

12 Meg Donovan Foreign Relations Authorization 

13 Act, Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001 (113 Stat. 

14 1501A–453) is amended—

15 (i) at the end of paragraph (4) by 

16 striking ‘‘and’’; 

17 (ii) in paragraph (5) by striking 

18 ‘‘$900,000,000.’’ and inserting 

19 ‘‘$1,000,000,000; and’’; and 

20 (iii) by inserting after paragraph (5) 

21 the following: 

22 ‘‘(6) for fiscal year 2005, $1,000,000,000.’’. 

23 (4) REPRESENTATION ALLOWANCES.—For ‘‘Rep24 resentation Allowances’’, $9,000,000 for the fiscal year 

25 2004 and $9,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 
14

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (5) PROTECTION OF FOREIGN MISSIONS AND OF2 FICIALS.—For ‘‘Protection of Foreign Missions and 

3 Officials’’, $10,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

4 $10,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

5 (6) EMERGENCIES IN THE DIPLOMATIC AND CON6 SULAR SERVICE.—For ‘‘Emergencies in the Diplo7 matic and Consular Service’’, $1,000,000 for the fis8 cal year 2004 and such sums as may be necessary for 

9 the fiscal year 2005. 

10 (7) REPATRIATION LOANS.—For ‘‘Repatriation 

11 Loans’’, $1,219,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

12 $1,219,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

13 (8) PAYMENT TO THE AMERICAN INSTITUTE IN

14 TAIWAN.—For ‘‘Payment to the American Institute in 

15 Taiwan’’, $19,773,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

16 $20,761,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

17 (9) OFFICE OF THE INSPECTOR GENERAL.—For 

18 ‘‘Office of the Inspector General’’, $31,703,000 for the 

19 fiscal year 2004 and $32,654,000 for the fiscal year 

20 2005. 

21 (b) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS FOR PROTECTION OF

22 FOREIGN MISSIONS AND OFFICIALS.—The amount appro23 priated pursuant to subsection (a)(5) is authorized to re24 main available through September 30, 2006. 
15

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 112. UNITED STATES EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL 

2 PROGRAMS. 

3 (a) IN GENERAL.—Amounts in this section are author4 ized to be appropriated for the Department of State to carry 

5 out educational and cultural programs of the Department 

6 of State under the United States Information and Edu7 cational Exchange Act of 1948, the Mutual Educational 

8 and Cultural Exchange Act of 1961, Reorganization Plan 

9 Number 2 of 1977, the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restruc10 turing Act of 1998, the Center for Cultural and Technical 

11 Interchange Between East and West Act of 1960, the Dante 

12 B. Fascell North-South Center Act of 1991, and the Na13 tional Endowment for Democracy Act, and to carry out 

14 other authorities in law consistent with such purposes. 

15 (b) EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL EXCHANGE PRO16 GRAMS.—

17 (1) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—For 

18 ‘‘Educational and Cultural Exchange Programs’’, 

19 $393,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

20 $405,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

21 (2) PROGRAMS IN EASTERN EUROPE AND

22 FORMER SOVIET UNION.—Of the amounts authorized 

23 to be appropriated under paragraph (1), 

24 $150,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

25 $150,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is authorized to 
16

•HR 1950 RH 

1 be available for programs in Eastern Europe and 

2 countries of the former Soviet Union. 

3 (3) ACADEMIC EXCHANGE PROGRAMS.—

4 (A) IN GENERAL.—Of the amounts author5 ized to be appropriated under paragraph (1), 

6 $142,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

7 $142,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is author8 ized to be available for the ‘‘Academic Exchange 

9 Programs’’ (other than programs described in 

10 paragraph (4)). 

11 (B) HIV/AIDS INITIATIVE.—Of the amounts 

12 authorized to be available under subparagraph 

13 (A), $1,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

14 $1,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is authorized 

15 to be available for HIV/AIDS research and miti16 gation strategies. 

17 (C) FULBRIGHT ENGLISH TEACHING AS18 SISTANT PROGRAM IN KOREA.—Of the amounts 

19 authorized to be available by subparagraph (A), 

20 $750,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and $750,000 

21 for the fiscal year 2005 is authorized to be avail22 able for the Fulbright English Teaching Assist23 ant Program in Korea, which sends United 

24 States citizen students to serve as English lan-
17

•HR 1950 RH 

1 guage teaching assistants at Korean colleges and 

2 high schools. 

3 (D) DANTE B. FASCELL NORTH-SOUTH CEN4 TER.—Of the amounts authorized to be available 

5 by subparagraph (A), $1,025,000 for the fiscal 

6 year 2004 and $1,025,000 for the fiscal year 

7 2005 is authorized to be available for the ‘‘Dante 

8 B. Fascell North-South Center’’. 

9 (E) GEORGE J. MITCHELL SCHOLARSHIP

10 PROGRAM.—Of the amounts authorized to be 

11 available under subparagraph (A), $500,000 for 

12 the fiscal year 2004 and $500,000 for the fiscal 

13 year 2005 is authorized to be available for the 

14 ‘‘George J. Mitchell Scholarship Program’’ which 

15 provides for one year of postgraduate study for 

16 American scholars at institutions of higher edu17 cation in Ireland and Northern Ireland. 

18 (4) OTHER EDUCATIONAL AND CULTURAL EX19 CHANGE PROGRAMS.—

20 (A) IN GENERAL.—Of the amounts author21 ized to be appropriated under paragraph (1), 

22 $110,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

23 $110,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is author24 ized to be available for other educational and 

25 cultural exchange programs authorized by law.
18

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (B) INITIATIVES FOR PREDOMINANTLY MUS2 LIM COUNTRIES.—Of the amounts authorized to 

3 be available under subparagraph (A), 

4 $35,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

5 $35,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is author6 ized to be available for initiatives for predomi7 nantly Muslim countries established under sec8 tion 251. 

9 (C) TIBETAN EXCHANGES.—Of the amounts 

10 authorized to be available under subparagraph 

11 (A), $500,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

12 $500,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is authorized to 

13 be available for ‘‘Ngawang Choephel Exchange 

14 Programs’’ (formerly known as ‘‘programs of 

15 educational and cultural exchange between the 

16 United States and the people of Tibet’’) under 

17 section 103(a) of the Human Rights, Refugee, 

18 and Other Foreign Relations Provisions Act of 

19 1996 (Public Law 104–319). 

20 (D) EAST TIMORESE SCHOLARSHIPS.—Of 

21 the amounts authorized to be available under 

22 subparagraph (A), $1,000,000 for the fiscal year 

23 2004 and $1,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is 

24 authorized to be available for ‘‘East Timorese 

25 Scholarships’’. 
19

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (E) SOUTH PACIFIC EXCHANGES.—Of the 

2 amounts authorized to be available under sub3 paragraph (A), $750,000 for the fiscal year 2004 

4 and $750,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is author5 ized to be available for ‘‘South Pacific Ex6 changes’’. 

7 (F) SUDANESE SCHOLARSHIPS.—Of the 

8 amounts authorized to be available under sub9 paragraph (A), $500,000 for the fiscal year 2004 

10 and $500,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is author11 ized to be available for scholarships for students 

12 from southern Sudan for secondary or postsec13 ondary education in the United States, to be 

14 known as ‘‘Sudanese Scholarships’’. 

15 (G) SUMMER INSTITUTES FOR KOREAN STU16 DENTS.—Of the amounts authorized to be avail17 able under subparagraph (A), $750,000 for the 

18 fiscal year 2004 and $750,000 for the fiscal year 

19 2005 is authorized to be available for summer 

20 academic study programs in the United States 

21 (focusing on United States political systems, gov22 ernment institutions, society, and democratic 

23 culture) for college and university students from 

24 the Republic of Korea, to be known as the 
20

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘United States Summer Institutes for Korean 

2 Student Leaders’’. 

3 (H) SCHOLARSHIPS FOR INDIGENOUS PEO4 PLES OF MEXICO AND CENTRAL AND SOUTH

5 AMERICA.—Of the amounts authorized to be 

6 available under subparagraph (A), $400,000 for 

7 the fiscal year 2004 and $400,000 for the fiscal 

8 year 2005 is authorized to be available for schol9 arships for postsecondary education in the 

10 United States for students from Mexico and the 

11 countries of Central and South America who are 

12 from the indigenous peoples of the region. 

13 (c) NATIONAL ENDOWMENT FOR DEMOCRACY.—

14 (1) IN GENERAL.—For the ‘‘National Endow15 ment for Democracy’’, $45,000,000 for the fiscal year 

16 2004 and $47,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

17 (2) INITIATIVES FOR PREDOMINANTLY MUSLIM

18 COUNTRIES.—Of the amounts authorized to be appro19 priated under paragraph (1), $3,000,000 for the fiscal 

20 year 2004 and $3,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is 

21 authorized to be available for the National Endow22 ment for Democracy to fund programs that promote 

23 democracy, good governance, the rule of law, inde24 pendent media, religious tolerance, the rights of 

25 women, and strengthening of civil society in countries 
21

•HR 1950 RH 

1 of predominantly Muslim population within the ju2 risdiction of the Bureau of Near Eastern Affairs of 

3 the Department of State. 

4 (d) CENTER FOR CULTURAL AND TECHNICAL INTER5 CHANGE BETWEEN EAST AND WEST.—For the ‘‘Center for 

6 Cultural and Technical Interchange between East and 

7 West’’, $14,280,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and $14,280,000 

8 for the fiscal year 2005. 

9 (e) REAGAN-FASCELL DEMOCRACY FELLOWS.—For the 

10 ‘‘Reagan-Fascell Democracy Fellows’’, for fellowships for 

11 democracy activists and scholars from around the world at 

12 the International Forum for Democratic Studies in Wash13 ington, D.C., to study, write, and exchange views with other 

14 activists and scholars and with Americans, $1,000,000 for 

15 the fiscal year 2004 and $1,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

16 (f) BENJAMIN GILMAN INTERNATIONAL SCHOLARSHIP

17 PROGRAM.—Section 305 of the Microenterprise for Self-Re18 liance and International Anti-Corruption Act of 2000 (22 

19 U.S.C. 2462 note) is amended by striking ‘‘$1,500,000’’ and 

20 inserting ‘‘$2,500,000’’. 

21 SEC. 113. CONTRIBUTIONS TO INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZA22 TIONS. 

23 (a) ASSESSED CONTRIBUTIONS TO INTERNATIONAL

24 ORGANIZATIONS.—There is authorized to be appropriated 

25 under the heading ‘‘Contributions to International Organi-
22

•HR 1950 RH 

1 zations’’ $1,010,463,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

2 $1,040,776,000 for the fiscal year 2005 for the Department 

3 to carry out the authorities, functions, duties, and respon4 sibilities in the conduct of the foreign affairs of the United 

5 States with respect to international organizations and to 

6 carry out other authorities in law consistent with such pur7 poses. 

8 (b) CONTRIBUTIONS FOR INTERNATIONAL PEACE9 KEEPING ACTIVITIES.—There is authorized to be appro10 priated under the heading ‘‘Contributions for International 

11 Peacekeeping Activities’’ $550,200,000 for the fiscal year 

12 2004 and such sums as may be necessary for the fiscal year 

13 2005 for the Department to carry out the authorities, func14 tions, duties, and responsibilities in the conduct of the for15 eign affairs of the United States with respect to inter16 national peacekeeping activities and to carry out other au17 thorities in law consistent with such purposes. 

18 (c) FOREIGN CURRENCY EXCHANGE RATES.—

19 (1) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—In 

20 addition to the amounts authorized to be appro21 priated by subsection (a), there is authorized to be ap22 propriated such sums as may be necessary for the fis23 cal years 2004 and 2005 to offset adverse fluctuations 

24 in foreign currency exchange rates.
23

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—Amounts appro2 priated under this subsection may be available for ob3 ligation and expenditure only to the extent that the 

4 Director of the Office of Management and Budget de5 termines and certifies to the appropriate congres6 sional committees that such amounts are necessary 

7 due to such fluctuations. 

8 (d) REFUND OF EXCESS CONTRIBUTIONS.—The 

9 United States shall continue to insist that the United Na10 tions and its specialized and affiliated agencies shall credit 

11 or refund to each member of the organization or agency con12 cerned its proportionate share of the amount by which the 

13 total contributions to the organization or agency exceed the 

14 expenditures of the regular assessed budget of the organiza15 tion or agency. 

16 SEC. 114. INTERNATIONAL COMMISSIONS. 

17 The following amounts are authorized to be appro18 priated under ‘‘International Commissions’’ for the Depart19 ment to carry out the authorities, functions, duties, and re20 sponsibilities in the conduct of the foreign affairs of the 

21 United States with respect to international commissions, 

22 and for other purposes authorized by law: 

23 (1) INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY AND WATER COM24 MISSION, UNITED STATES AND MEXICO.—For ‘‘Inter-
24

•HR 1950 RH 

1 national Boundary and Water Commission, United 

2 States and Mexico’’—

3 (A) for ‘‘Salaries and Expenses’’, 

4 $31,562,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

5 $31,562,000 for the fiscal year 2005; and 

6 (B) for ‘‘Construction’’, $8,901,000 for the 

7 fiscal year 2004 and $8,901,000 for the fiscal 

8 year 2005. 

9 (2) INTERNATIONAL BOUNDARY COMMISSION, 

10 UNITED STATES AND CANADA.—For ‘‘International 

11 Boundary Commission, United States and Canada’’, 

12 $1,261,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and $1,261,000 for 

13 the fiscal year 2005. 

14 (3) INTERNATIONAL JOINT COMMISSION.—For 

15 ‘‘International Joint Commission’’, $7,810,000 for the 

16 fiscal year 2004 and $7,810,000 for the fiscal year 

17 2005. 

18 (4) INTERNATIONAL FISHERIES COMMISSIONS.—

19 For ‘‘International Fisheries Commissions’’, 

20 $20,043,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and $20,043,000 

21 for the fiscal year 2005. 

22 SEC. 115. MIGRATION AND REFUGEE ASSISTANCE. 

23 (a) IN GENERAL.—There is authorized to be appro24 priated for the Department for ‘‘Migration and Refugee As-
25

•HR 1950 RH 

1 sistance’’ for authorized activities, $927,000,000 for the fis2 cal year 2004 and $957,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

3 (b) REFUGEES RESETTLING IN ISRAEL.—Of the 

4 amount authorized to be appropriated by subsection (a), 

5 $50,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and $50,000,000 for 

6 the fiscal year 2005 is authorized to be available for the 

7 resettlement of refugees in Israel. 

8 (c) TIBETAN REFUGEES IN INDIA AND NEPAL.—Of the 

9 amount authorized to be appropriated by subsection (a), 

10 $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and $2,000,000 for the 

11 fiscal year 2005 is authorized to be available for humani12 tarian assistance, including food, medicine, clothing, and 

13 medical and vocational training, to Tibetan refugees in 

14 India and Nepal who have fled Chinese-occupied Tibet. 

15 (d) HUMANITARIAN ASSISTANCE FOR DISPLACED

16 BURMESE.—Of the amount authorized to be appropriated 

17 by subsection (a), $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

18 $2,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is authorized to be avail19 able for humanitarian assistance (including food, medicine, 

20 clothing, and medical and vocational training) to persons 

21 displaced as a result of civil conflict in Burma, including 

22 persons still within Burma. 

23 (e) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—Funds appropriated 

24 pursuant to this section are authorized to remain available 

25 until expended. 
26

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 116. VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS TO INTERNATIONAL 

2 ORGANIZATIONS. 

3 (a) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is 

4 authorized to be appropriated for the Department of State 

5 for ‘‘Voluntary Contributions to International Organiza6 tions’’, $342,555,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

7 $345,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

8 (b) UNITED NATIONS VOLUNTARY FUND FOR VICTIMS

9 OF TORTURE.—Of the amounts authorized to be appro10 priated under subsection (a), $6,000,000 for the fiscal year 

11 2004 and $7,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 is authorized 

12 to be available for a United States voluntary contribution 

13 to the United Nations Voluntary Fund for Victims of Tor14 ture. 

15 (c) ORGANIZATION OF AMERICAN STATES.—Of the 

16 amounts authorized to be appropriated under subsection (a) 

17 $2,000,000 for fiscal years 2004 and 2005 is authorized to 

18 be available for a United States voluntary contribution to 

19 the Organization of American States for the Inter-American 

20 Committee Against Terrorism (CICTE) to identify and de21 velop a port in the Latin American and Caribbean region 

22 into a model of best security practices and appropriate tech23 nologies for improving port security in the Western Hemi24 sphere. Amounts authorized to be available by the preceding 

25 sentence are authorized to remain available until expended 

26 and are in addition to amounts otherwise available to carry 
27

•HR 1950 RH 

1 out section 301 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 

2 U.S.C. 2221). 

3 (d) RESTRICTIONS ON UNITED STATES CONTRIBU4 TIONS TO UNITED NATIONS DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM.—

5 (1) LIMITATION.—Of the amounts made avail6 able under subsection (a) for each of the fiscal years 

7 2004 and 2005 for United States contributions to the 

8 United Nations Development Program an amount 

9 equal to the amount the United Nations Development 

10 Program will spend in Burma during each fiscal 

11 year shall be withheld unless during such fiscal year 

12 the Secretary of State submits to the appropriate con13 gressional committees the certification described in 

14 paragraph (2). 

15 (2) CERTIFICATION.—The certification referred 

16 to in paragraph (1) is a certification by the Secretary 

17 of State that all programs and activities of the 

18 United Nations Development Program (including 

19 United Nations Development Program—Administered 

20 Funds) in Burma—

21 (A) are focused on eliminating human suf22 fering and addressing the needs of the poor; 

23 (B) are undertaken only through inter24 national or private voluntary organizations that 

25 have been deemed independent of the State Peace
28

•HR 1950 RH 

1 and Development Council (SPDC) (formerly 

2 known as the State Law and Order Restoration 

3 Council (SLORC)), after consultation with the 

4 leadership of the National League for Democracy 

5 and the leadership of the National Coalition 

6 Government of the Union of Burma; 

7 (C) provide no financial, political, or mili8 tary benefit to the SPDC; and 

9 (D) are carried out only after consultation 

10 with the leadership of the National League for 

11 Democracy and the leadership of the National 

12 Coalition Government of the Union of Burma. 

13 (e) UNITED NATIONS POPULATION FUND (UNFPA).—

14 (1) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Of 

15 the amounts authorized to be appropriated under sub16 section (a), $50,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 

17 2004 and 2005 is authorized only to be available for 

18 a United States voluntary contribution to the United 

19 Nations Population Fund (UNFPA). 

20 (2) PERMANENT GUIDELINES FOR VOLUNTARY

21 CONTRIBUTIONS TO UNFPA.—Section 301 of the For22 eign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2221) is 

23 amended by inserting after subsection (a) the fol24 lowing new subsection: 
29

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(b)(1) For fiscal year 2004 and each subsequent fiscal 

2 year, funds appropriated to the President or the Depart3 ment of State under any law for a voluntary contribution 

4 to the United Nations Population Fund (UNFPA) may be 

5 obligated and expended for such purpose beginning 30 days 

6 after such funds become available and only if the President 

7 certifies to the Congress that the United Nations Population 

8 Fund (UNFPA) does not directly support or participate in 

9 coercive abortion or involuntary sterilization. The certifi10 cation authority of the President under the preceding sen11 tence may not be delegated. 

12 ‘‘(2) In paragraph (1), the term ‘directly supports or 

13 participates in coercive abortion or involuntary steriliza14 tion’ means knowingly and intentionally working with a 

15 purpose to continue, advance, or expand the practice of co16 ercive abortion or involuntary sterilization, or playing a 

17 primary and essential role in a coercive or involuntary as18 pect of a country’s family planning program.’’. 

19 SEC. 117. VOLUNTARY CONTRIBUTIONS FOR INTER20 NATIONAL PEACEKEEPING ACTIVITIES. 

21 (a) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There is 

22 authorized to be appropriated for the Department of State 

23 for ‘‘Voluntary Contributions for International Peace24 keeping’’, $110,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and 

25 $110,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 
30

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) PEACEKEEPING IN AFRICA.—Of the amounts au2 thorized to be appropriated under subsection (a), 

3 $40,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and such sums as may 

4 be necessary for the fiscal year 2005 is authorized to be ap5 propriated for peacekeeping activities in Africa. 

6 SEC. 118. GRANTS TO THE ASIA FOUNDATION. 

7 Section 404 of The Asia Foundation Act (title IV of 

8 Public Law 98–164; 22 U.S.C. 4403) is amended to read 

9 as follows: 

10 ‘‘SEC. 404. There is authorized to be appropriated to 

11 the Secretary of State $18,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 

12 and $18,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005 for grants to The 

13 Asia Foundation pursuant to this title.’’. 

14 Subtitle B—United States Inter15 national Broadcasting Activities 

16 SEC. 121. AUTHORIZATIONS OF APPROPRIATIONS. 

17 The following amounts are authorized to be appro18 priated to carry out United States Government broad19 casting activities under the United States Information and 

20 Educational Exchange Act of 1948, the United States Inter21 national Broadcasting Act of 1994, the Radio Broadcasting 

22 to Cuba Act, the Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act, and 

23 the Foreign Affairs Reform and Restructuring Act of 1998, 

24 and to carry out other authorities in law consistent with 

25 such purposes: 
31

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) INTERNATIONAL BROADCASTING OPER2 ATIONS.—

3 (A) IN GENERAL.—For ‘‘International 

4 Broadcasting Operations’’, $600,354,000 for the 

5 fiscal year 2004 and $612,146,000 for the fiscal 

6 year 2005. 

7 (B) ALLOCATION OF FUNDS.—Of the 

8 amounts authorized to be appropriated by sub9 paragraph (A), there is authorized to be avail10 able for Radio Free Asia $30,000,000 for the fis11 cal year 2004 and $30,000,000 for the fiscal year 

12 2005. 

13 (C) OFFICE OF GLOBAL INTERNET FREE14 DOM.—Of the amounts authorized to be appro15 priated by subparagraph (A), there is authorized 

16 to be available for the Broadcasting Board of 

17 Governors for the establishment and operations 

18 of the Office of Global Internet Freedom under 

19 section 524(a) $8,000,000 for the fiscal year 

20 2004 and $8,000,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

21 (2) BROADCASTING CAPITAL IMPROVEMENTS.—

22 For ‘‘Broadcasting Capital Improvements’’, 

23 $29,895,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and $11,395,000 

24 for the fiscal year 2005.
32

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) BROADCASTING TO CUBA.—For ‘‘Broad2 casting to Cuba’’, $26,901,000 for the fiscal year 2004 

3 and $27,439,000 for the fiscal year 2005. 

4 TITLE II—DEPARTMENT OF 

5 STATE AUTHORITIES AND AC6 TIVITIES 

7 Subtitle A—United States Public 

8 Diplomacy 

9 SEC. 201. FINDINGS AND PURPOSES. 

10 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

11 findings: 

12 (1) The United States possesses strong and deep 

13 connections with the peoples of the world separate 

14 from its relations with their governments. These con15 nections can be a major asset in the promotion of 

16 United States interests and foreign policy. 

17 (2) Misinformation and hostile propaganda in 

18 these countries regarding the United States and its 

19 foreign policy endanger the interests of the United 

20 States. Existing efforts to counter such misinforma21 tion and propaganda are inadequate and must be 

22 greatly enhanced in both scope and substance. 

23 (3) United States foreign policy has been ham24 pered by an insufficient consideration of the impor25 tance of public diplomacy in the formulation and im-
33

•HR 1950 RH 

1 plementation of that policy and by the underuse of 

2 modern communication techniques. 

3 (4) The United States should have an oper4 ational strategy and a coordinated effort regarding 

5 the utilization of its public diplomacy resources. 

6 (5) The development of an operational strategy 

7 and a coordinated effort by United States agencies re8 garding public diplomacy would greatly enhance 

9 United States foreign policy. 

10 (6) The Secretary of State has undertaken efforts 

11 to ensure that of the new positions established at the 

12 Department of State after September 30, 2002, a sig13 nificant proportion are for public diplomacy. 

14 (b) PURPOSES.—It is the purpose of this subtitle to 

15 enhance in scope and substance, redirect, redefine, and reor16 ganize United States public diplomacy. 

17 SEC. 202. PUBLIC DIPLOMACY RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE 

18 DEPARTMENT OF STATE. 

19 (a) IN GENERAL.—The State Department Basic Au20 thorities Act of 1956 (22 U.S.C. 265 et seq.) is amended 

21 by inserting after section 58 the following new section: 

22 ‘‘SEC. 59. PUBLIC DIPLOMACY RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE 

23 DEPARTMENT OF STATE. 

24 ‘‘(a) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary of State shall make 

25 public diplomacy an integral component in the planning 
34

•HR 1950 RH 

1 and execution of United States foreign policy. The Depart2 ment of State, in coordination with the United States Inter3 national Broadcasting Agency, shall develop a comprehen4 sive strategy for the use of public diplomacy resources and 

5 assume a prominent role in coordinating the efforts of all 

6 Federal agencies involved in public diplomacy. Public di7 plomacy efforts shall be addressed to developed and devel8 oping countries, to select and general audiences, and shall 

9 utilize all available media to ensure that the foreign policy 

10 of the United States is properly explained and understood 

11 not only by the governments of countries but also by their 

12 peoples, with the objective of enhancing support for United 

13 States foreign policy. The Secretary shall ensure that the 

14 public diplomacy strategy of the United States is cohesive 

15 and coherent and shall aggressively and through the most 

16 effective mechanisms counter misinformation and propa17 ganda concerning the United States. The Secretary shall 

18 endeavor to articulate the importance in American foreign 

19 policy of the guiding principles and doctrines of the United 

20 States, particularly freedom and democracy. The Secretary, 

21 in coordination with the Board of Governors of the United 

22 States International Broadcasting Agency, shall develop 

23 and articulate long-term measurable objectives for United 

24 States public diplomacy. The Secretary is authorized to 

25 produce and distribute public diplomacy programming for 
35

•HR 1950 RH 

1 distribution abroad in order to achieve public diplomacy 

2 objectives, including through satellite communication, the 

3 Internet, and other established and emerging communica4 tions technologies. 

5 ‘‘(b) INFORMATION CONCERNING UNITED STATES AS6 SISTANCE.—

7 ‘‘(1) IDENTIFICATION OF ASSISTANCE.—In co8 operation with the United States Agency for Inter9 national Development (USAID) and other public and 

10 private assistance organizations and agencies, the 

11 Secretary shall ensure that information concerning 

12 foreign assistance provided by the United States Gov13 ernment, United States nongovernmental organiza14 tions and private entities, and the American people 

15 is disseminated widely and prominently, particu16 larly, to the extent practicable, within countries and 

17 regions that receive such assistance. The Secretary 

18 shall ensure that, to the extent practicable, projects 

19 funded by the United States Agency for International 

20 Development (USAID) that do not involve commod21 ities, including projects implemented by private vol22 untary organizations, are identified as being sup23 ported by the United States of America, as American 

24 Aid or provided by the American people. 
36

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(2) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 120 

2 days after the end of each fiscal year, the Secretary 

3 shall submit a report to the Committee on Inter4 national Relations of the House of Representatives 

5 and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate 

6 on efforts to disseminate information concerning as7 sistance described in paragraph (1) during the pre8 ceding fiscal year. Each such report shall include spe9 cific information concerning all instances in which 

10 the United States Agency for International Develop11 ment has not identified projects in the manner pre12 scribed in paragraph (1) because such identification 

13 was not practicable. Any such report shall be sub14 mitted in unclassified form, but may include a classi15 fied appendix. 

16 ‘‘(c) AUTHORITY.—Subject to the availability of ap17 propriations, the Secretary may contract with and com18 pensate government and private agencies or persons for 

19 property and services to carry out this section.’’. 

20 (b) ESTABLISHMENT OF PUBLIC DIPLOMACY RESERVE

21 CORPS.—

22 (1) The Secretary of State shall establish a pub23 lic diplomacy reserve corps to augment the public di24 plomacy capacity and capabilities of the Department 

25 in emergency and critical circumstances worldwide.
37

•HR 1950 RH 

1 The Secretary shall develop a contingency plan for 

2 the use of the corps to bolster public diplomacy re3 sources and expertise. To the extent necessary and ap4 propriate, the Secretary may recruit experts in public 

5 diplomacy and related fields from the private sector. 

6 (2) While actively serving with the reserve corps, 

7 individuals are prohibited from engaging in activities 

8 directly or indirectly intended to influence public 

9 opinion within the United States to the same degree 

10 that employees of the Department engaged in public 

11 diplomacy are so prohibited. 

12 (c) FUNCTIONS OF THE UNDER SECRETARY FOR PUB13 LIC DIPLOMACY.—

14 (1) Section 1(b)(3) of the State Department 

15 Basic Authorities Act of 1956 (22 U.S.C. 2651a(b)(3)) 

16 is amended by striking ‘‘formation’’ and all that fol17 lows through the period at the end and inserting ‘‘for18 mation, supervision, and implementation of United 

19 States public diplomacy policies, programs, and ac20 tivities, including the provision of guidance to De21 partment personnel in the United States and overseas 

22 who conduct or implement such policies, programs, 

23 and activities. The Under Secretary for Public Diplo24 macy shall assist the United States Agency for Inter25 national Broadcasting in presenting the policies of 
38

•HR 1950 RH 

1 the United States clearly and effectively, shall submit 

2 statements of United States policy and editorial ma3 terial to the Agency for broadcast consideration in 

4 addition to material prepared by the Agency, and 

5 shall ensure that editorial material created by the 

6 Agency for broadcast is reviewed expeditiously by the 

7 Department.’’. 

8 (2) The Under Secretary for Public Diplomacy, 

9 in carrying out the functions under the last sentence 

10 of section 1(b)(3) of the State Department Basic Au11 thorities Act of 1956 (as added by paragraph (1), 

12 shall consult with public diplomacy officers operating 

13 at United States overseas posts and in the regional 

14 bureaus of the Department of State. 

15 SEC. 203. ANNUAL PLAN ON PUBLIC DIPLOMACY STRATEGY. 

16 The Secretary of State, in coordination with all appro17 priate Federal agencies, shall prepare an annual review 

18 and analysis of the impact of public diplomacy efforts on 

19 target audiences. Each review shall assess the United States 

20 public diplomacy strategy worldwide and by region, includ21 ing the allocation of resources and an evaluation and assess22 ment of the progress in, and barriers to, achieving the goals 

23 set forth under previous plans submitted under this section. 

24 On the basis of such review, the Secretary of State, in co25 ordination with all appropriate Federal agencies shall de-
39

•HR 1950 RH 

1 velop and submit, as part of the annual budget submission, 

2 a public diplomacy strategy which specifies goals, agency 

3 responsibilities, and necessary resources and mechanisms 

4 for achieving such goals during the next fiscal year. The 

5 plan may be submitted in classified form. 

6 SEC. 204. PUBLIC DIPLOMACY TRAINING. 

7 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

8 findings: 

9 (1) The Foreign Service should recruit individ10 uals with expertise and professional experience in 

11 public diplomacy. 

12 (2) Ambassadors should have a prominent role 

13 in the formulation of public diplomacy strategies for 

14 the countries and regions to which they are assigned 

15 and be accountable for the operation and success of 

16 public diplomacy efforts at their posts. 

17 (3) Initial and subsequent training of Foreign 

18 Service officers should be enhanced to include infor19 mation and training on public diplomacy and the 

20 tools and technology of mass communication. 

21 (b) PERSONNEL.—

22 (1) In the recruitment, training, and assignment 

23 of members of the Foreign Service, the Secretary shall 

24 emphasize the importance of public diplomacy and of 

25 applicable skills and techniques. The Secretary shall 
40

•HR 1950 RH 

1 consider the priority recruitment into the Foreign 

2 Service, at middle-level entry, of individuals with ex3 pertise and professional experience in public diplo4 macy, mass communications, or journalism, espe5 cially individuals with language facility and experi6 ence in particular countries and regions. 

7 (2) The Secretary of State shall seek to increase 

8 the number of Foreign Service officers proficient in 

9 languages spoken in predominantly Muslim countries. 

10 Such increase shall be accomplished through the re11 cruitment of new officers and incentives for officers in 

12 service. 

13 SEC. 205. UNITED STATES ADVISORY COMMISSION ON PUB14 LIC DIPLOMACY. 

15 (a) STUDY AND REPORT BY UNITED STATES ADVISORY

16 COMMISSION ON PUBLIC DIPLOMACY.—Section 604(c)(2) of 

17 the United States Information and Educational Exchange 

18 Act of 1948 (22 U.S.C. 1469(c)(2)) is amended to read as 

19 follows: 

20 ‘‘(2)(A) Not less often than every two years, the Com21 mission shall undertake an in-depth review of United States 

22 public diplomacy programs, policies, and activities. Each 

23 study shall assess the effectiveness of the various mecha24 nisms of United States public diplomacy, in light of factors 

25 including public and media attitudes around the world to-
41

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ward the United States, Americans, United States foreign 

2 policy, and the role of the American private-sector commu3 nity abroad, and make appropriate recommendations. 

4 ‘‘(B) A comprehensive report of each study under sub5 paragraph (A) shall be submitted to the Secretary of State 

6 and the appropriate congressional committees. At the dis7 cretion of the Commission, any report under this subsection 

8 may be submitted in classified or unclassified form, as ap9 propriate.’’. 

10 (b) INFORMATION AND SUPPORT FROM OTHER AGEN11 CIES.—Upon request of the United States Advisory Com12 mission on Public Diplomacy, the Secretary of State, the 

13 Director of the United States International Broadcasting 

14 Agency, and the head of any other Federal agency that con15 ducts public diplomacy programs and activities shall pro16 vide information to the Advisory Commission to assist in 

17 carrying out the responsibilities under section 604(c)(2) of 

18 the United States Information and Educational Exchange 

19 Act of 1948 (as amended by subsection (a)). 

20 (c) ENHANCING THE EXPERTISE OF UNITED STATES

21 ADVISORY COMMISSION ON PUBLIC DIPLOMACY.—

22 (1) QUALIFICATIONS OF MEMBERS.—Section 

23 604(a)(2) of the United States Information and Edu24 cational Exchange Act of 1948 (22 U.S.C. 1469(a)(2)) 

25 is amended by adding at the end the following: ‘‘At
42

•HR 1950 RH 

1 least 4 members shall have substantial experience in 

2 the conduct of public diplomacy or comparable activi3 ties in the private sector. At least 1 member shall be 

4 an American residing abroad. No member may be an 

5 officer or employee of the United States.’’. 

6 (2) APPLICATION OF AMENDMENT.—The amend7 ments made by paragraph (1) shall not apply to indi8 viduals who are members of the United States Advi9 sory Commission on Public Diplomacy on the date of 

10 the enactment of this Act. 

11 SEC. 206. LIBRARY PROGRAM. 

12 The Secretary of State shall develop and implement 

13 a demonstration program to assist foreign governments to 

14 establish or upgrade their public library systems to improve 

15 literacy and support public education. The program should 

16 provide training in the library sciences. The purpose of the 

17 program shall be to advance American values and society, 

18 particularly the importance of freedom and democracy.

19 SEC. 207. SENSE OF CONGRESS CONCERNING PUBLIC DI20 PLOMACY EFFORTS IN SUB-SAHARAN AFRICA. 

21 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

22 findings: 

23 (1) A significant number of sub-Saharan African 

24 countries have predominantly Muslim populations, 
43

•HR 1950 RH 

1 including such key countries as Nigeria, Senegal, 

2 Djibouti, Mauritania, and Guinea. 

3 (2) In several of these countries, groups with 

4 links to militant religious organizations are active 

5 among the youth, primarily young men, promoting a 

6 philosophy and practice of intolerance and radical 

7 clerics are effectively mobilizing public sentiment 

8 against the United States. 

9 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con10 gress that the Secretary should include countries in sub11 Saharan Africa with predominantly Muslim populations in 

12 the public diplomacy activities authorized by this Act and 

13 the amendments made by this Act.

14 SEC. 208. THE COLIN POWELL CENTER FOR AMERICAN DI15 PLOMACY. 

16 Title I of the State Department Basic Authorities Act 

17 of 1956 is amended by adding after section 59 (22 U.S.C. 

18 2730) the following new section: 

19 ‘‘SEC. 60. COLIN POWELL CENTER FOR AMERICAN DIPLO20 MACY. 

21 ‘‘(a) DESIGNATION.—The diplomacy center of the De22 partment of State, located in the Harry S Truman build23 ing, is hereby designated as the ‘Colin Powell Center for 

24 American Diplomacy’ (hereinafter in this section referred 

25 to as the ‘Center’). 
44

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(b) ACTIVITIES.—

2 ‘‘(1) SUPPORT AUTHORIZED.—The Secretary of 

3 State is authorized to provide by contract, grant, or 

4 otherwise, for the performance of appropriate museum 

5 visitor and educational outreach services, including 

6 organizing conference activities, museum shop serv7 ices, and food services, in the public exhibit and re8 lated space utilized by the Center. 

9 ‘‘(2) PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.—The Secretary 

10 may pay all reasonable expenses of conference activi11 ties conducted by the Center, including refreshments 

12 and reimbursement of travel expenses incurred by 

13 participants. 

14 ‘‘(3) RECOVERY OF COSTS.—Any revenues gen15 erated under the authority of paragraph (1) for vis16 itor services may be retained, as a recovery of the 

17 costs of operating the Center, and credited to any De18 partment of State appropriation. 

19 ‘‘(c) DISPOSITION OF CENTER ARTIFACTS AND MATE20 RIALS.—

21 ‘‘(1) PROPERTY OF SECRETARY.—All historic 

22 documents, artifacts, or other articles permanently ac23 quired by the Department of State and determined by 

24 the Secretary to be suitable for display in the Center 

25 shall be considered to be the property of the Secretary 
45

•HR 1950 RH 

1 in the Secretary’s official capacity and shall be sub2 ject to disposition solely in accordance with this sub3 section. 

4 ‘‘(2) SALE OR TRADE.—Whenever the Secretary 

5 makes the determination under paragraph (3) with 

6 respect to an item, the Secretary may sell at fair 

7 market value, trade, or transfer the item, without re8 gard to the requirements of subtitle I of title 40, 

9 United States Code. The proceeds of any such sale 

10 may be used solely for the advancement of the Center’s 

11 mission and may not be used for any purpose other 

12 than the acquisition and direct care of collections. 

13 ‘‘(3) DETERMINATIONS PRIOR TO SALE OR

14 TRADE.—The determination referred to in paragraph 

15 (2), with respect to an item, is a determination 

16 that—

17 ‘‘(A) the item no longer serves to further the 

18 purposes of the Center established in the collec19 tions management policy of the Center; or 

20 ‘‘(B) in order to maintain the standards of 

21 the collections of the Center, the sale or exchange 

22 of the item would be a better use of the item. 

23 ‘‘(4) LOANS.—The Secretary may also lend items 

24 covered by paragraph (1), when not needed for use or 

25 display in the Center, to the Smithsonian Institution 
46

•HR 1950 RH 

1 or a similar institution for repair, study, or exhi2 bition.’’. 

3 Subtitle B—Basic Authorities and 

4 Activities 

5 SEC. 221. UNITED STATES POLICY WITH RESPECT TO JERU6 SALEM AS THE CAPITAL OF ISRAEL. 

7 (a) LIMITATION ON USE OF FUNDS FOR CONSULATE

8 IN JERUSALEM.—None of the funds authorized to be appro9 priated by this Act may be expended for the operation of 

10 a United States consulate or diplomatic facility in Jeru11 salem unless such consulate or diplomatic facility is under 

12 the supervision of the United States Ambassador to Israel. 

13 (b) LIMITATION ON USE OF FUNDS FOR PUBLICA14 TIONS.—None of the funds authorized to be appropriated 

15 by this Act may be available for the publication of any offi16 cial government document which lists countries and their 

17 capital cities unless the publication identifies Jerusalem as 

18 the capital of Israel. 

19 (c) RECORD OF PLACE OF BIRTH AS ISRAEL FOR

20 PASSPORT PURPOSES.—The first section of ‘‘An Act to reg21 ulate the issue and validity of passports, and for other pur22 poses’’, approved July 3, 1926 (22 U.S.C. 211a; 44 Stat. 

23 887) is amended by inserting after the first sentence the 

24 following: ‘‘For purposes of the issuance of a passport of 

25 a United States citizen born in the city of Jerusalem, the
47

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Secretary shall, upon the request of the citizen or the citi2 zen’s legal guardian, record the place of birth as Israel.’’. 

3 SEC. 222. MODIFICATION OF REPORTING REQUIREMENTS. 

4 (a) REPEAL.—Section 805 of the Admiral James W. 

5 Nance and Meg Donovan Foreign Relations Authorization 

6 Act, Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001 (section 805(a) of division 

7 A of H.R. 3427, as enacted into law by section 1000(a)(7) 

8 of Public Law 106-113; appendix G; 113 Stat. 1501A-470) 

9 (relating to reports on terrorist activity in which United 

10 States citizens were killed and related matters) is hereby 

11 repealed. 

12 (b) ANNUAL COUNTRY REPORTS ON TERRORISM.—

13 Section 140(b)(2) of the Foreign Relations Authorization 

14 Act, Fiscal Years 1988 and 1989 (Public Law 100-204; 22 

15 U.S.C. 2656f(b)(2)) is amended—

16 (1) in subparagraph (D), by striking ‘‘and’’ at 

17 the end; 

18 (2) in subparagraph (E), by striking the period 

19 at the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and 

20 (3) by adding at the end the following: 

21 ‘‘(F) for the reports due through May 1, 

22 2005, information concerning terrorist attacks in 

23 Israel, territory administered by Israel, and ter24 ritory administered by the Palestinian Author25 ity, including—
48

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(i) a list of all citizens of the United 

2 States killed or injured in such attacks dur3 ing the previous year; 

4 ‘‘(ii) the date of each attack and the 

5 total number of people killed or injured in 

6 each attack; 

7 ‘‘(iii) the person or group claiming re8 sponsibility for the attack and where such 

9 person or group has found refuge or sup10 port; 

11 ‘‘(iv) to the extent possible, a list of 

12 suspects implicated in each attack and the 

13 nationality of each suspect, including infor14 mation on their whereabouts (or suspected 

15 whereabouts); 

16 ‘‘(v) a list of any terrorist suspects in 

17 these cases who are members of Palestinian 

18 police or security forces, the Palestine Lib19 eration Organization, or any Palestinian 

20 governing body; 

21 ‘‘(vi) the status of each case pending 

22 against a suspect, including information on 

23 whether the suspect has been arrested, de24 tained, indicted, prosecuted, or convicted by 

25 the Palestinian Authority or Israel, and if 
49

•HR 1950 RH 

1 detained and then released, the date of such 

2 release, and whether any released suspect 

3 was implicated in subsequent acts of ter4 rorism; 

5 ‘‘(vii) available information on convic6 tions, releases or changes in the situation of 

7 suspects involved in attacks committed 

8 prior to December 31, 2003, and not covered 

9 in previous reports submitted under section 

10 805(a) of the Admiral James W. Nance and 

11 Meg Donovan Foreign Relations Authoriza12 tion Act, Fiscal Years 2000 and 2001; and 

13 ‘‘(viii) the policy of the Department of 

14 State with respect to offering rewards for 

15 information on terrorist suspects, including 

16 any information on whether a reward has 

17 been posted for suspects involved in terrorist 

18 attacks listed in the report.’’. 

19 (c) CONSULTATION.—The Secretary of State shall, in 

20 preparing the portion of the annual country reports on ter21 rorism required by subparagraph (F) of section 140(b)(2) 

22 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 

23 1988 and 1989 (Public Law 100–204; 22 U.S.C. 

24 2656f(b)(2)), as added by subsection (b), consult and coordi25 nate with all other Government officials who have informa-
50

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tion necessary to complete that portion of the report. Noth2 ing contained in this subsection shall require the disclosure, 

3 on a classified or unclassified basis, of information that 

4 would jeopardize sensitive sources and methods or other 

5 vital national security interests or jeopardize ongoing 

6 criminal investigations or proceedings. 

7 SEC. 223. REPORT CONCERNING EFFORTS TO PROMOTE 

8 ISRAEL’S DIPLOMATIC RELATIONS WITH 

9 OTHER COUNTRIES. 

10 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

11 findings: 

12 (1) Israel is a friend and ally of the United 

13 States whose security is vital to regional stability and 

14 United States interests. 

15 (2) Israel currently maintains diplomatic rela16 tions with approximately 160 countries. Approxi17 mately 30 countries do not have any diplomatic rela18 tions with Israel. 

19 (3) The State of Israel has been actively seeking 

20 to establish formal relations with a number of coun21 tries. 

22 (4) The United States should assist its ally, 

23 Israel, in its efforts to establish diplomatic relations. 
51

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (5) After more than 50 years of existence, Israel 

2 deserves to be treated as an equal nation by its neigh3 bors and the world community. 

4 (b) REPORT CONCERNING UNITED STATES EFFORTS

5 TO PROMOTE ISRAEL’S DIPLOMATIC RELATIONS WITH

6 OTHER COUNTRIES.—Not later than 60 days after the date 

7 of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit a 

8 report to the appropriate congressional committees that in9 cludes the following information (in classified or unclassi10 fied form, as appropriate): 

11 (1) Actions taken by the United States to encour12 age other countries to establish full diplomatic rela13 tions with Israel. 

14 (2) Specific responses solicited and received by 

15 the Secretary from countries that do not maintain 

16 full diplomatic relations with Israel with respect to 

17 the status of negotiations to enter into diplomatic re18 lations with Israel. 

19 (3) Other measures being undertaken, and meas20 ures that will be undertaken, by the United States to 

21 ensure and promote Israel’s full participation in the 

22 world diplomatic community.
52

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 224. REIMBURSEMENT RATE FOR AIRLIFT SERVICES 

2 PROVIDED TO THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE. 

3 Section 2642 of title 10, United States Code, is amend4 ed—

5 (1) in the heading by inserting ‘‘and Depart6 ment of State’’ after ‘‘Central Intelligence Agency’’; 

7 and 

8 (2) in subsection (a) by striking ‘‘Agency,’’ and 

9 inserting ‘‘Agency or the Department of State,’’.

10 SEC. 224. REIMBURSEMENT RATE FOR CERTAIN AIRLIFT 

11 SERVICES PROVIDED BY THE DEPARTMENT 

12 OF DEFENSE TO THE DEPARTMENT OF 

13 STATE. 

14 (a) AUTHORITY.—Subsection (a) of section 

15 2642 of title 10, United States Code, is amend16 ed—

17 (1) by striking ‘‘provided by a compo18 nent of the Department of Defense to the’’ 

19 and inserting ‘‘provided by a component 

20 of the Department of Defense as follows: 

21 ‘‘(1) To the’’; and 

22 (2) by adding at the end the following 

23 new paragraph: 

24 ‘‘(2) To the Department of State for 

25 the transportation of armored motor ve26 hicles to a foreign country to meet 
53

•HR 1950 RH 

1 unfulfilled requirements of the Depart2 ment of State for armored motor vehicles 

3 in that foreign country.’’. 

4 (b) CONFORMING AND CLERICAL AMEND5 MENTS.—(1) The heading for such section is 

6 amended to read as follows: 

7 ‘‘§ 2642. Airlift services provided to Central Intel8 ligence Agency and Department of State: 

9 reimbursement rate’’. 

10 (2) The item relating to such section in the 

11 table of sections at the beginning of chapter 

12 157 of such title is amended to read as follows:

‘‘2642. Airlift services provided to Central Intelligence Agency 

and Department of State: reimbursement rate.’’.

13 SEC. 225. SENSE OF CONGRESS REGARDING ADDITIONAL 

14 UNITED STATES CONSULAR POSTS. 

15 It is the sense of the Congress that to help advance 

16 United States economic, political, and public diplomacy in17 terests, the Secretary of State should make best efforts to 

18 establish consulates or other appropriate diplomatic pres19 ence in: Pusan, South Korea; Medan, Indonesia; and Hat 

20 Yai, Thailand. 
54

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 226. VALIDITY OF UNITED STATES PASSPORTS FOR 

2 TRAVEL TO COUNTRIES RECEIVING UNITED 

3 STATES FOREIGN ASSISTANCE. 

4 The first section of the Act entitled ‘‘An Act to regulate 

5 the issue and validity of passports, and for other purposes’’, 

6 approved July 3, 1926 (22 U.S.C. 211a) is amended by 

7 striking ‘‘travellers.’’ and inserting ‘‘travellers, and no such 

8 restriction may apply to a country in which the United 

9 States is providing assistance authorized by the Foreign As10 sistance Act of 1961.’’.

11 SEC. 227. SECURITY CAPITAL COST SHARING. 

12 (a) AUTHORIZATION.—The first section of the Foreign 

13 Service Buildings Act, 1926 (22 U.S.C. 292) is amended 

14 by adding at the end the following new subsection: 

15 ‘‘(c) SECURITY CAPITAL COST-SHARING PROGRAM.—

16 (1) The Secretary of State, as the single manager of all 

17 buildings and grounds acquired under this Act or otherwise 

18 acquired or authorized for the use of the diplomatic and 

19 consular establishments in foreign countries, is authorized 

20 to establish and implement a Security Capital Cost-Shar21 ing Program to collect funds from each agency on the basis 

22 of its total overseas presence in a manner that encourages 

23 rightsizing of its overseas presence, and expend those funds 

24 to accelerate the provision of safe, secure, functional build25 ings for United States Government personnel overseas. 
55

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(2) The Secretary is authorized to determine annu2 ally and charge each Federal agency the amount to be col3 lected under paragraph (1) from the agency. To determine 

4 such amount, the Secretary may prescribe and use a for5 mula that takes into account the number of authorized posi6 tions of each agency, including contractors and locally hired 

7 personnel, who are assigned to United States diplomatic fa8 cilities and are under the authority of a chief of mission 

9 pursuant to section 207 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 

10 (22 U.S.C. 3927). 

11 ‘‘(3) The head of an agency charged a fee under this 

12 section shall remit the amount of the fee to the Secretary 

13 of State through the Intra-Governmental Payment and Col14 lection System or other appropriate means. 

15 ‘‘(4) There shall be established on the books of the 

16 Treasury an account to be known as the ‘Security Capital 

17 Cost-Sharing Program Fund’, which shall be administered 

18 by the Secretary. There shall be deposited into the account 

19 all amounts collected by the Secretary pursuant to the au20 thority under paragraph (1), and such funds shall remain 

21 available until expended. Such funds shall be used solely 

22 for the provision of new safe, secure, functional diplomatic 

23 facilities that comply with all applicable legal standards, 

24 including those standards established under the authority 

25 of the Secure Embassy Construction and Counterterrorism 
56

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Act of 1999. The Secretary shall include in the Department 

2 of State’s Congressional Presentation Document an ac3 counting of the sources and uses of the amounts deposited 

4 into the account. 

5 ‘‘(5) The Secretary shall not collect a fee for an author6 ized position of an agency of the Federal Government that 

7 has been or would be granted a waiver pursuant to section 

8 606(a)(2)(B)(i) of the Secure Embassy Construction and 

9 Counterterrorism Act of 1999 (22 U.S.C. 4865(a)(2)(B)(i)). 

10 ‘‘(6) In this subsection—

11 ‘‘(A) the term ‘agency of the Federal Govern12 ment’—

13 ‘‘(i) includes the Interagency Cooperative 

14 Administrative Support Service; and 

15 ‘‘(ii) does not include the Marine Security 

16 Guard; and 

17 ‘‘(B) the term ‘United States diplomatic facility’ 

18 has the meaning given that term in section 603 of the 

19 Secure Embassy Construction and Counterterrorism 

20 Act of 1999 (22 U.S.C. 4865 note).’’. 

21 (b) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by sub22 section (a) shall take effect on October 1, 2004.
57

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 227. GAO ASSESSMENT OF SECURITY CAPITAL COST 

2 SHARING. 

3 (a) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 120 days 

4 after the date of the enactment of this Act, the 

5 Comptroller General of the United States 

6 shall submit to the Congress a report on plans 

7 for security capital cost sharing between the 

8 Department of State and other Federal agen9 cies with personnel assigned to United States 

10 diplomatic facilities under the authority of a 

11 chief of mission pursuant to section 207 of the 

12 Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 3927). 

13 (b) REPORT ELEMENTS.—In addition to 

14 such other information as the Comptroller 

15 General considers appropriate, the report de16 scribed in subsection (a) shall address and 

17 make recommendations regarding the fol18 lowing: 

19 (1) The anticipated projected costs 

20 that the Department of State proposes to 

21 be paid through an inter-agency security 

22 capital cost sharing program. 

23 (2) The mechanism the Department of 

24 State proposes to use in allocating assess25 ments under such a program and any al-
58

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ternatives the General Accounting Office 

2 suggests be considered. 

3 (3) Factors that should be incor4 porated into any process for imple5 menting such a program and a financial 

6 assessment of such factors, including the 

7 cost of services provided to the Depart8 ment of State by other Federal agencies. 

9 (4) The means of ensuring trans10 parency in the cost assessment process of 

11 such a program. 

12 (5) Mechanisms for adjudicating dis13 agreements among Federal agencies re14 garding assessed fees under such a pro15 gram.

16 SEC. 228. AUTHORITY TO ISSUE ADMINISTRATIVE SUB17 POENAS. 

18 Section 37 of the State Department Basic Authorities 

19 Act of 1956 (22 U.S.C. 2709) is amended by adding at the 

20 end the following new subsection: 

21 ‘‘(d) ADMINISTRATIVE SUBPOENAS.—

22 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—If the Secretary determines 

23 that there is an imminent threat against a person, 

24 foreign mission, or international organization pro25 tected under the authority of subsection (a)(3), the 
59

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Secretary may issue in writing, and cause to be 

2 served, a subpoena requiring—

3 ‘‘(A) the production of any records or other 

4 items relevant to the threat; and 

5 ‘‘(B) testimony by the custodian of the 

6 items required to be produced concerning the 

7 production and authenticity of those items. 

8 ‘‘(2) REQUIREMENTS.—

9 ‘‘(A) RETURN DATE.—A subpoena under 

10 this subsection shall describe the items required 

11 to be produced and shall specify a return date 

12 within a reasonable period of time within which 

13 the requested items may be assembled and made 

14 available. The return date specified may not be 

15 less than 24 hours after service of the subpoena. 

16 ‘‘(B) NOTIFICATION TO ATTORNEY GEN17 ERAL.—As soon as practicable following the 

18 issuance of a subpoena under this subsection, the 

19 Secretary shall notify the Attorney General of its 

20 issuance. 

21 ‘‘(C) OTHER REQUIREMENTS.—The fol22 lowing provisions of section 3486 of title 18, 

23 United States Code, shall apply to the exercise of 

24 the authority of paragraph (1): 
60

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(i) Paragraphs (4) through (8) of sub2 section (a). 

3 ‘‘(ii) Subsections (b), (c), and (d). 

4 ‘‘(3) DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.—The author5 ity under this subsection may be delegated only to the 

6 Deputy Secretary of State. 

7 ‘‘(4) ANNUAL REPORT.—Not later than February 

8 1 of each year, the Secretary shall submit to the Com9 mittee on Foreign Relations of the Senate and the 

10 Committee on International Relations of the House of 

11 Representatives a report regarding the exercise of the 

12 authority under this subsection during the previous 

13 calendar year.’’.

14 SEC. 229. ENHANCING REFUGEE RESETTLEMENT AND 

15 MAINTAINING THE UNITED STATES COMMIT16 MENT TO REFUGEES. 

17 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

18 findings: 

19 (1) The United States has a longstanding tradi20 tion of providing refugee assistance and relief through 

21 the Department of State’s migration and refugee as22 sistance account for refugees throughout the world 

23 who have been subjected to religious and other forms 

24 of persecution. 
61

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) A strong refugee resettlement and assistance 

2 program is a critical component of the United States’ 

3 strong commitment to freedom. 

4 (3) The United States refugee admissions pro5 gram has been in decline for much of the last five 

6 years, resulting in a chronic inability of the United 

7 States to meet the ceiling on refugee admissions that 

8 has been set by the President each year. 

9 (4) Refugee applicants have always undergone 

10 rigorous security screenings. The September 11, 2001, 

11 terrorist attacks on the United States has rightfully 

12 increased the awareness of the need to ensure that all 

13 aliens seeking admission to the United States would 

14 not endanger the United States. 

15 (5) Private voluntary organizations and non16 governmental organizations (NGOs) have and con17 tinue to provide valuable information to State De18 partment officials for refugee processing, and along 

19 with Embassy personnel, can be utilized to assist in 

20 the preliminary screening of refugees so that State 

21 Department officials can focus to a greater extent on 

22 security. 

23 (6) Currently there are 15 million refugees 

24 worldwide. In order to meet the ceiling set by the Ad25 ministration, which has been 70,000 in recent years,
62

•HR 1950 RH 

1 a broader cross-section could be considered for resettle2 ment in the United States if the Department of State 

3 were to expand existing refugee processing priority 

4 categories in a reasonable and responsible manner. 

5 Expansion of refugee selection should include the ex6 panded use of both the existing category reserved for 

7 refugees of special interest to the United States as well 

8 as the existing categories reserved for family reunifi9 cation. 

10 (b) PURPOSE.—It is the purpose of this section to pro11 vide the Department of State with tools to enable it to carry 

12 out its responsibilities with greater efficiency with respect 

13 to the identification and processing of refugee applicants. 

14 (c) ENHANCEMENT OF REFUGEE IDENTIFICATION AND

15 PROCESSING.—

16 (1) In addition to traditional agencies currently 

17 used in the processing of refugees for admission to the 

18 United States, where applicable, the Secretary shall 

19 develop and utilize partnerships with voluntary reset20 tlement organizations that permit such organizations 

21 to assist in the identification and referral of refugees. 

22 (2) In addition to traditional agencies currently 

23 used in the processing of refugees for admission to the 

24 United States, where applicable, the Secretary shall 

25 utilize private voluntary organizations with ties to 
63

•HR 1950 RH 

1 domestic constituencies in the overseas processing of 

2 refugees. 

3 (3) In addition to traditional agencies currently 

4 used in the processing of refugees for admission to the 

5 United States, where applicable, the Secretary shall 

6 establish refugee response teams. 

7 (A) ESTABLISHMENT OF REFUGEE RE8 SPONSE TEAMS.—In order to make the proc9 essing of refugees more efficient and effective, en10 hance the quality of refugee resettlement pro11 grams, and to augment the capacity of the 

12 United States government to identify, process, 

13 assist, and counsel individuals for eventual adju14 dication by the Department of Homeland Secu15 rity as refugees, where applicable, the Secretary 

16 shall establish and utilize the services of Refugee 

17 Response Teams, (in this section referred to as 

18 ‘‘RRTs’’). RRTs shall be coordinated by the As19 sistant Secretary of State for Population, Refu20 gees, and Migration, or the Assistant Secretary’s 

21 designee. 

22 (B) COMPOSITION OF THE RRTS.—RRTs 

23 shall be comprised of representatives of non24 governmental organizations and private vol-
64

•HR 1950 RH 

1 untary organizations that have experience in ref2 ugee law, policy and programs. 

3 (C) RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE RRTS.—

4 RRTs shall be responsible for—

5 (i) monitoring refugee situations, with 

6 a view toward identifying those refugees 

7 whose best durable solution is third country 

8 resettlement; 

9 (ii) preparing profiles and documenta10 tion for resettlement consideration by the 

11 United States Government; 

12 (iii) augmenting or establishing an 

13 overseas operation, especially in response to 

14 urgent developments requiring quick re15 sponses or more staff resources than are 

16 available in the existing processing entities; 

17 (iv) assisting with training and tech18 nical assistance to existing international or19 ganizations and other processing entities; 

20 and 

21 (v) such other responsibilities as may 

22 be determined by the Secretary of State. 

23 (D) RESPONSIBILITIES OF THE SEC24 RETARY.—The Secretary shall establish appro25 priate training seminars for RRT personnel and 
65

•HR 1950 RH 

1 make use of RRTs in situations where existing 

2 mechanisms are unable to identify and process 

3 refugees in a timely manner. 

4 (d) PERFORMANCE STANDARDS.—In consultation with 

5 private voluntary organizations and NGOs, the Secretary 

6 shall establish performance standards to ensure account7 ability and effectiveness in the tasks carried out in sub8 section (c). 

9 (e) CONSIDERATION OF VARIOUS GROUPS.—To ensure 

10 that there is adequate planning across fiscal years and that 

11 both the Department of State’s planning and processing op12 erations result in adequate numbers of travel-ready refugees 

13 to fulfill the admissions goals set forth in the determinations 

14 on refugee admissions required by sections 207(a) and 

15 207(b) of the Immigration and Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 

16 1157(a) and (b)), the Secretary of State shall work to ensure 

17 that—

18 (1) those refugees in special need, including long19 stayers in first countries of asylum, unaccompanied 

20 refugee minors, urban refugees, and refugees in 

21 women-headed households be given special attention 

22 for resettlement processing; 

23 (2) attempts are made to expand processing of 

24 those refugees of all nationalities who have close fam25 ily ties to citizens and residents in the United States, 
66

•HR 1950 RH 

1 including spouses, unmarried children, or parents of 

2 persons lawfully admitted to the United States, re3 gardless of their country of nationality, country of 

4 habitual residence, or first country of asylum, as well 

5 as grandparents, grandchildren, married sons or 

6 daughters, or siblings of United States citizens or 

7 other persons lawfully admitted to the United States; 

8 (3) attempts are made to expand the number of 

9 refugees considered who are of special concern to the 

10 United States; and 

11 (4) expanded access is provided to broader cat12 egories of refugees seeking admission to the United 

13 States, thus reducing instances of relationship-based 

14 misrepresentation by persons who are bona fide refu15 gees but who resort to such misrepresentation merely 

16 as a way to be interviewed for refugee status. 

17 (f) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date 

18 of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of State shall 

19 submit a report to Congress that includes information con20 cerning the following: 

21 (1) Efforts of the Secretary to utilize NGO’s in 

22 refugee identification, utilize private voluntary orga23 nizations in processing refugees, establish and utilize 

24 RRTs, and an explanation of the rationale for not 

25 using such organizations and agencies in situations
67

•HR 1950 RH 

1 where the Secretary has made such a determination, 

2 as described in subsection (c). 

3 (2) Efforts of the Secretary to implement per4 formance standards and measures as described in sub5 section (d) and the success of NGO’s and private vol6 untary organizations in meeting such standards. 

7 (3) Efforts of the Secretary to expand consider8 ation of various groups for refugee processing as de9 scribed in subsection (e). 

10 (4) Efforts to ensure that there is planning 

11 across fiscal years so as to fulfill the refugee admis12 sions goals set forth by the President in his annual 

13 presidential determinations on refugee admissions.

14 SEC. 230. THE COLIN POWELL CENTER FOR AMERICAN DI15 PLOMACY. 

16 Title I of the State Department Basic Authorities Act 

17 of 1956 is amended by adding after section 59 (22 U.S.C. 

18 2730) the following new section: 

19 ‘‘SEC. 60. COLIN POWELL CENTER FOR AMERICAN DIPLO20 MACY. 

21 ‘‘(a) DESIGNATION.—The diplomacy center of the De22 partment of State, located in the Harry S Truman build23 ing, is hereby designated as the ‘Colin Powell Center for 

24 American Diplomacy’ (hereinafter in this section referred 

25 to as the ‘Center’). 
68

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(b) ACTIVITIES.—

2 ‘‘(1) SUPPORT AUTHORIZED.—The Secretary of 

3 State is authorized to provide by contract, grant, or 

4 otherwise, for the performance of appropriate museum 

5 visitor and educational outreach services, including 

6 organizing conference activities, museum shop serv7 ices, and food services, in the public exhibit and re8 lated space utilized by the Center. 

9 ‘‘(2) PAYMENT OF EXPENSES.—The Secretary 

10 may pay all reasonable expenses of conference activi11 ties conducted by the Center, including refreshments 

12 and reimbursement of travel expenses incurred by 

13 participants. 

14 ‘‘(3) RECOVERY OF COSTS.—Any revenues gen15 erated under the authority of paragraph (1) for vis16 itor services may be retained, as a recovery of the 

17 costs of operating the Center, and credited to any De18 partment of State appropriation. 

19 ‘‘(c) DISPOSITION OF CENTER ARTIFACTS AND MATE20 RIALS.—

21 ‘‘(1) PROPERTY OF SECRETARY.—All historic 

22 documents, artifacts, or other articles permanently ac23 quired by the Department of State and determined by 

24 the Secretary to be suitable for display in the Center 

25 shall be considered to be the property of the Secretary 
69

•HR 1950 RH 

1 in the Secretary’s official capacity and shall be sub2 ject to disposition solely in accordance with this sub3 section. 

4 ‘‘(2) SALE OR TRADE.—Whenever the Secretary 

5 makes the determination under paragraph (3) with 

6 respect to an item, the Secretary may sell at fair 

7 market value, trade, or transfer the item, without re8 gard to the requirements of subtitle I of title 40, 

9 United States Code. The proceeds of any such sale 

10 may be used solely for the advancement of the Center’s 

11 mission and may not be used for any purpose other 

12 than the acquisition and direct care of collections. 

13 ‘‘(3) DETERMINATIONS PRIOR TO SALE OR

14 TRADE.—The determination referred to in paragraph 

15 (2), with respect to an item, is a determination 

16 that—

17 ‘‘(A) the item no longer serves to further the 

18 purposes of the Center established in the collec19 tions management policy of the Center; or 

20 ‘‘(B) in order to maintain the standards of 

21 the collections of the Center, the sale or exchange 

22 of the item would be a better use of the item. 

23 ‘‘(4) LOANS.—The Secretary may also lend items 

24 covered by paragraph (1), when not needed for use or 

25 display in the Center, to the Smithsonian Institution 
70

•HR 1950 RH 

1 or a similar institution for repair, study, or exhi2 bition.’’. 

3 Subtitle C—Educational and 

4 Cultural Authorities 

5 SEC. 251. ESTABLISHMENT OF INITIATIVES FOR PREDOMI6 NANTLY MUSLIM COUNTRIES. 

7 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

8 findings: 

9 (1) Surveys indicate that, in countries of pre10 dominantly Muslim population, opinions of the 

11 United States and American foreign policy among the 

12 general public and select audiences are significantly 

13 distorted by highly negative and hostile beliefs and 

14 images and that many of these beliefs and images are 

15 the result of misinformation and propaganda by indi16 viduals and organizations hostile to the United 

17 States. 

18 (2) These negative opinions and images are high19 ly prejudicial to the interests of the United States and 

20 to its foreign policy. 

21 (3) As part of a broad and long-term effort to 

22 enhance a positive image of the United States in the 

23 Muslim world, a key element should be the establish24 ment of programs to promote a greater familiarity 

25 with American society and values among the general 
71

•HR 1950 RH 

1 public and select audiences in countries of predomi2 nantly Muslim population. 

3 (b) ESTABLISHMENT OF INITIATIVES.—The Secretary 

4 of State shall establish the following programs with coun5 tries with predominantly Muslim populations as part of the 

6 educational and cultural exchange programs of the Depart7 ment of State for the fiscal years 2004 and 2005: 

8 (1) JOURNALISM PROGRAM.—A program for for9 eign journalists, editors, media managers, and post10 secondary students of journalism which, in coopera11 tion with private sector sponsors to include univer12 sities, shall sponsor workshops and professional train13 ing in techniques, standards, and practices in the 

14 field of journalism to assist the participants to 

15 achieve the highest standards of professionalism. 

16 (2) ENGLISH LANGUAGE TEACHING.—The Sec17 retary shall provide grants to United States citizens 

18 to work in middle and secondary schools as English 

19 language teaching assistants for not less than an aca20 demic year. If feasible, the host government or local 

21 educational agency shall share the salary costs of the 

22 assistants. 

23 (3) SISTER CITY PARTNERSHIPS.—The Secretary 

24 shall expand and enhance sister-city partnerships be25 tween United States and international municipalities
72

•HR 1950 RH 

1 in an effort to increase global cooperation at the com2 munity level. Such partnerships shall encourage eco3 nomic development, municipal cooperation, health 

4 care initiatives, youth and educational programs, dis5 ability advocacy, emergency preparedness, and hu6 manitarian assistance. 

7 (4) CIVICS EDUCATION.—The Secretary shall es8 tablish a civics education program which shall de9 velop civics education teaching curricula and mate10 rials, provide training for teachers of civics, and pro11 vide English language teaching materials that are de12 signed to promote civics education. Civics education 

13 programs under this paragraph shall place particular 

14 emphasis on the on-site training of educators and the 

15 function of the mass media within that society. 

16 (5) YOUTH AMBASSADORS.—The Secretary shall 

17 establish a program for visits by middle school stu18 dents (to the extent feasible) and secondary school stu19 dents to the United States during school holidays in 

20 their home country for periods not to exceed 4 weeks 

21 and a program for academic year study in the United 

22 States for secondary school students. Participating 

23 students shall reflect the economic, geographic, and 

24 ethnic diversity of their countries. Activities shall in25 clude cultural and educational activities designed to 
73

•HR 1950 RH 

1 familiarize participating students with American so2 ciety and values. To the extent practicable, the pro3 gram involving school holiday visits shall be coordi4 nated with middle and secondary schools in the 

5 United States to provide for school-based activities 

6 and interactions. The Secretary shall encourage the 

7 establishment of direct school-to-school linkages under 

8 the programs. 

9 (6) FULBRIGHT EXCHANGE PROGRAM.—The Sec10 retary shall seek to substantially increase the number 

11 of awards under the J. William Fulbright Edu12 cational Exchange Program to graduate students, 

13 scholars, professionals, teachers, and administrators 

14 from the United States who are applying for such 

15 awards to study, teach, conduct research, or pursue 

16 scholarship in predominantly Muslim countries. Part 

17 of such increase shall include awards for scholars and 

18 teachers who plan to teach subjects relating to Amer19 ican studies. 

20 (7) HUBERT H. HUMPHREY FELLOWSHIPS.—The 

21 Secretary shall seek to substantially increase the num22 ber of Hubert H. Humphrey Fellowships awarded to 

23 candidates from predominantly Muslim countries. 

24 (8) LIBRARY TRAINING EXCHANGE PROGRAM.—

25 The Secretary shall develop an exchange program for 
74

•HR 1950 RH 

1 postgradute students seeking additional training in 

2 the library sciences and related fields. 

3 (c) GENERAL PROVISION.—Programs established 

4 under this section shall be carried out under the provisions 

5 of the United States Information and Educational Ex6 change Act of 1948 and the Mutual Educational and Cul7 tural Exchange Act of 1961. 

8 SEC. 252. DATABASE OF AMERICAN AND FOREIGN PARTICI9 PANTS IN EXCHANGE PROGRAMS. 

10 To the extent practicable, the Secretary of State, in 

11 coordination with the heads of other agencies that conduct 

12 international exchange and training programs, shall estab13 lish and maintain a database listing all American and for14 eign alumni of such programs in order to encourage net15 working, interaction, and communication with alumni. 

16 SEC. 253. REPORT ON INCLUSION OF FREEDOM AND DE17 MOCRACY ADVOCATES IN EDUCATIONAL AND 

18 CULTURAL EXCHANGE PROGRAMS. 

19 Not later than 90 days after the date of the enactment 

20 of this Act, the Secretary of State shall submit to the Con21 gress a report concerning the implementation of section 102 

22 of the Human Rights, Refugee, and Other Foreign Relations 

23 Provisions Act of 1996. The report shall include informa24 tion concerning the number of grants to conduct exchange 

25 programs to countries described in such section that have 
75

•HR 1950 RH 

1 been submitted for competitive bidding, what measures have 

2 been taken to ensure that willingness to include supporters 

3 of freedom and democracy in such programs is given appro4 priate weight in the selection of grantees, and an evaluation 

5 of whether United States exchange programs in the coun6 tries described in such section are fully open to supporters 

7 of freedom and democracy, and, if not, what obstacles re8 main and what measures are being taken to implement such 

9 policy. 

10 SEC. 254. SENSE OF THE CONGRESS CONCERNING EDU11 CATIONAL AND CULTURAL EXCHANGE PRO12 GRAM FOR FOREIGN JOURNALISTS. 

13 It is the sense of the Congress that the Secretary of 

14 State should work toward the establishment of a program 

15 for foreign journalists from regions of conflict that will pro16 vide professional training in techniques, standards, and 

17 practices in the field of journalism. 

18 SEC. 255. SENSE OF CONGRESS REGARDING KOREAN FUL19 BRIGHT PROGRAMS. 

20 It is the sense of the Congress that Fulbright program 

21 activities for Korea should—

22 (1) include participation by students from 

23 throughout South Korea, including proportional rep24 resentation from areas outside of Seoul; 
76

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) attempt to include Korean students from a 

2 broad range of educational institutions, including 

3 schools other than elite universities; 

4 (3) broaden the Korean student emphasis beyond 

5 degree-seeking graduate students, to include opportu6 nities for one-year nondegree study at United States 

7 campuses by pre-doctoral Korean students; and 

8 (4) include a significant number of Korean stu9 dents planning to move into areas other than ad10 vanced research and university teaching, such as those 

11 heading towards careers in government service, 

12 media, law, and business.

13 SEC. 256. AUTHORIZING EAST TIMORESE SCHOLARSHIPS 

14 FOR GRADUATE STUDY. 

15 Section 237 of the Foreign Relations Authorization 

16 Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995 (Public Law 103–236) is 

17 amended by inserting ‘‘graduate or’’ after ‘‘at the’’. 

18 SEC. 257. PUBLIC SAFETY AWARENESS IN STUDY ABROAD 

19 PROGRAMS. 

20 With respect to the Department of State’s support for 

21 study abroad programs, Congress—

22 (1) encourages the Bureau of Educational and 

23 Cultural Affairs to support public safety awareness 

24 activities as part of such programs; and
77

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) encourages the Bureau to continue sup2 porting such activities and urges special attention to 

3 public safety issues, including road safety. 

4 Subtitle D—Consular Authorities 

5 SEC. 271. MACHINE READABLE VISAS. 

6 Section 140(a) of the Foreign Relations Authorization 

7 Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995 (8 U.S.C. 1351 note) is 

8 amended by adding at the end the following: 

9 ‘‘(4) For each of the fiscal years 2004 and 2005, 

10 any amount that exceeds $700,000,000 may be made 

11 available only if a notification is submitted to Con12 gress in accordance with the procedures applicable to 

13 reprogramming notifications under section 34 of the 

14 State Department Basic Authorities Act of 1956.’’.

15 SEC. 272. PROCESSING OF VISA APPLICATIONS. 

16 (a) IN GENERAL.—It shall be the policy of the Depart17 ment of State to process each visa application from an alien 

18 classified as an immediate relative or as a K–1 non19 immigrant within 30 days of the receipt of all necessary 

20 documents from the applicant and the Department of 

21 Homeland Security. In the case of an immigrant visa ap22 plication where the petitioner is a relative other than an 

23 immediate relative, it should be the policy of the Depart24 ment to process such an application within 60 days of the 
78

•HR 1950 RH 

1 receipt of all necessary documents from the applicant and 

2 the Department of Homeland Security. 

3 (b) DEFINITIONS.—In this section: 

4 (1) IMMEDIATE RELATIVE.—The term ‘‘imme5 diate relative’’ has the meaning given the term in sec6 tion 201(b)(2)(A)(i) of the Immigration and Nation7 ality Act (8 U.S.C. 1151(b)(2)(A)(i)). 

8 (2) K–1 NONIMMIGRANT.—The term ‘‘K–1 non9 immigrant’’ means a nonimmigrant alien described 

10 in section 101(a)(15)(K)(i) of the Immigration and 

11 Nationality Act (8 U.S.C. 1101(a)(15)(K)(i)). 

12 SEC. 273. STAFFING AT DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS. 

13 At least once every five years and pursuant to a proc14 ess determined by the President for staffing at diplomatic 

15 missions and overseas constituent posts, the Secretary of 

16 State shall require each chief of mission to review every staff 

17 element under chief of mission authority, including staff 

18 from other executive agencies, and recommend approval or 

19 disapproval of each staff element. The Secretary of State 

20 shall submit an annual report concerning such reviews to21 gether with the Secretary’s recommendations to the heads 

22 of all affected agencies and the Inspector General of the De23 partment of State. 
79

•HR 1950 RH 

1 TITLE III—ORGANIZATION AND 

2 PERSONNEL OF THE DEPART3 MENT OF STATE 

4 SEC. 301. FELLOWSHIP OF HOPE PROGRAM. 

5 The Secretary of State is authorized to establish in the 

6 Department of State an exchange program to be designated 

7 the ‘‘Fellowship of Hope Program’’. The program shall pro8 vide for the exchange and assignment of government em9 ployees of designated countries to fellowship positions at the 

10 Department of State and reciprocal assignment of civil 

11 service and foreign service employees of the Department as 

12 fellows within the governments of foreign countries. 

13 SEC. 302. CLAIMS FOR LOST PAY. 

14 Section 2 of the State Department Basic Authorities 

15 Act (22 U.S.C. 2669) is amended—

16 (1) at the end of subsection (o) by striking the 

17 period and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and 

18 (2) by inserting after subsection (o) the following 

19 new subsection: 

20 ‘‘(p) make administrative corrections or adjustments 

21 to an employee’s pay, allowances, or differentials, resulting 

22 from mistakes or retroactive personnel actions, and to pro23 vide back pay and other categories of payments under the 

24 Back Pay Act as part of the settlement of administrative 

25 claims or grievances filed against the Department.’’. 
80

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 303. OMBUDSMAN FOR THE DEPARTMENT OF STATE. 

2 (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established in the Of3 fice of the Secretary of State the position of Ombudsman. 

4 The position of Ombudsman shall be a career position with5 in the Senior Executive Service. The Ombudsman shall re6 port directly to the Secretary of State. 

7 (b) DUTIES.—At the discretion of the Secretary of 

8 State, the Ombudsman shall participate in meetings re9 garding the management of the Department in order to as10 sure that all employees may contribute to the achievement 

11 of the Department’s responsibilities and to promote the ca12 reer interests of all employees. 

13 (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 172 of the 

14 Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Years 1988 

15 and 1989 (22 U.S.C. 2664a) is amended—

16 (1) by striking subsection (c); and 

17 (2) by redesignating subsection (d) as subsection 

18 (c). 

19 SEC. 304. REPEAL OF RECERTIFICATION REQUIREMENT 

20 FOR SENIOR FOREIGN SERVICE. 

21 Section 305 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 

22 U.S.C. 3945) is amended by striking subsection (d). 

23 SEC. 305. REPORT CONCERNING STATUS OF EMPLOYEES OF 

24 STATE DEPARTMENT. 

25 Not later than one year after the date of the enactment 

26 of this Act, the Secretary of State shall prepare and submit 
81

•HR 1950 RH 

1 to the appropriate congressional committees a report that 

2 analyzes and evaluates the merits of the conversion of em3 ployees of the Department of State to excepted service under 

4 chapter 21 of title 5, United States Code. 

5 SEC. 306. HOME LEAVE. 

6 (a) REST AND RECUPERATION TRAVEL.—Section 

7 901(6) of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 

8 4081(6)) is amended by striking ‘‘unbroken by home leave’’ 

9 both places it appears. 

10 (b) REQUIRED LEAVE IN THE UNITED STATES.—Sec11 tion 903(a) of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 

12 4083(a)) is amended by striking ‘‘18 months’’ and inserting 

13 ‘‘12 months’’. 

14 SEC. 307. INCREASED LIMITS APPLICABLE TO POST DIF15 FERENTIALS AND DANGER PAY ALLOWANCES. 

16 (a) POST DIFFERENTIALS.—Section 5925(a) of title 5, 

17 United States Code, is amended by striking ‘‘25 percent’’ 

18 in the third sentence and inserting ‘‘35 percent’’. 

19 (b) DANGER PAY ALLOWANCES.—Section 5928 of title 

20 5, United States Code, is amended by striking ‘‘25 percent’’ 

21 both places it appears and inserting ‘‘35 percent’’. 

22 (c) CRITERIA.—The Secretary shall inform the appro23 priate congressional committees of the criteria to be used 

24 in determinations of appropriate adjustments in post dif25 ferentials under section 5925 of title 5, United States Code,
82

•HR 1950 RH 

1 and danger pay allowances under section 5928 of title 5, 

2 United States Code. 

3 (d) STUDY AND REPORT.—Two years after the date 

4 of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of State shall 

5 conduct a study assessing the effect of the increases in post 

6 differentials and danger pay allowances made by the 

7 amendments in subsections (a) and (b) in filling ‘‘hard-to8 fill’’ positions. The Secretary shall submit a report of such 

9 study to the appropriate congressional committees. 

10 SEC. 308. REGULATIONS REGARDING RETIREMENT CREDIT 

11 FOR GOVERNMENT SERVICE PERFORMED 

12 ABROAD. 

13 Section 321(f) of the Foreign Relations Authorization 

14 Act, Fiscal Year 2003 (5 U.S.C. 8411 note; Public Law 

15 107–228) is amended by striking ‘‘regulations’’ and insert16 ing ‘‘regulations, not later than 60 days after the date of 

17 the enactment of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, 

18 Fiscal Years 2004 and 2005,’’. 

19 SEC. 309. MINORITY RECRUITMENT. 

20 (a) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—Section 324 of the 

21 Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 2003 

22 (Public Law 107–228) is amended by striking ‘‘and April 

23 1, 2004’’ and inserting ‘‘April 1, 2004, and April 1, 2005’’. 
83

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) USE OF FUNDS.—The provisions of section 325 of 

2 such Act shall apply to funds authorized by section 

3 111(a)(1)(E) of this Act. 

4 (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENT.—Section 325(c) of such 

5 Act is amended in the second sentence by striking ‘‘two’’ 

6 and inserting ‘‘three’’.

7 SEC. 310. MERITORIOUS STEP INCREASES. 

8 Section 406(b) of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 (22 

9 U.S.C. 3966(b)) is amended by striking ‘‘receiving an in10 crease in salary under subsection (a),’’. 

11 TITLE IV—INTERNATIONAL 

12 ORGANIZATIONS 

13 Subtitle A—Basic Authorities and 

14 Activities 

15 SEC. 401. RAISING THE CAP ON PEACEKEEPING CONTRIBU16 TIONS. 

17 Section 404(b)(2)(B) of the Foreign Relations Author18 ization Act, Fiscal Years 1994 and 1995 is amended by in19 serting after clause (iv) the following: 

20 ‘‘(v) For assessments made during cal21 endar year 2005 and calendar year 2006, 

22 27.10 percent.’’. 
84

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 402. REGARDING THE REENTRY OF THE UNITED 

2 STATES IN UNESCO. 

3 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—As the United States re4 sumes membership in the United Nations Educational, Sci5 entific, and Cultural Organization (UNESCO), the Presi6 dent should—

7 (1) appoint a United States Representative to 

8 the Organization for Economic Cooperation and De9 velopment (OECD) who shall also serve as the United 

10 States Representative to UNESCO; 

11 (2) take steps to ensure that more Americans are 

12 employed by UNESCO, particularly for senior level 

13 positions; 

14 (3) request that the Secretary General of 

15 UNESCO create a Deputy Director General position 

16 for Management or a comparable position with high 

17 level managerial and administrative responsibilities 

18 to be filled by an American; 

19 (4) insist that any increases in UNESCO’s 

20 budget beyond the level of zero nominal growth for the 

21 2004–2005 biennium focus primarily on the adoption 

22 of management and administrative reforms; and 

23 (5) request that the Secretary General of 

24 UNESCO spend the United States contribution to 

25 UNESCO for the last quarter of calendar year 2003 

26 on key education and science priorities of the organi-
85

•HR 1950 RH 

1 zation that will directly benefit United States na2 tional interests. 

3 (b) ANNUAL ASSESSMENT FOR UNITED STATES PAR4 TICIPATION IN UNESCO.—Of the amounts authorized to be 

5 appropriated by section 113(a), such sums as may be nec6 essary for each of the fiscal years 2004 and 2005 are author7 ized to be available for the annual assessment for United 

8 States contributions to the regular budget of the United Na9 tions Educational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization.

10 SEC. 403. UNESCO NATIONAL COMMISSION. 

11 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 3 of the Act of July 30, 

12 1946, ‘‘Providing for membership and participation by the 

13 United States in the United Nations Educational, Sci14 entific, and Cultural Organization, and authorizing an ap15 propriation therefor.’’ (22 U.S.C. 287o) is amended to read 

16 as follows: 

17 ‘‘SEC. 3. (a) In fulfillment of article VII of the con18 stitution of the Organization, the Secretary of State shall 

19 establish a National Commission on Educational, Sci20 entific, and Cultural Cooperation. 

21 ‘‘(b) The National Commission shall be composed of 

22 not more than 35 members appointed by the Secretary of 

23 State in consultation with the National Academy of 

24 Sciences, the National Science Foundation, the Secretary 

25 of Education, the Secretary of Health and Human Services, 
86

•HR 1950 RH 

1 and the Secretary of the Interior. Members of the National 

2 Commission shall be representatives of nongovernmental or3 ganizations, academic institutions, and associations inter4 ested in education, scientific, and cultural matters. Periodi5 cally, the Secretary shall review and revise the entities rep6 resented on the National Commission in order to achieve 

7 a desirable rotation in representation. Except as otherwise 

8 provided, each member of the National Commission shall 

9 be appointed to a term of 3 years. As designated by the 

10 Secretary of State at the time of appointment, of the mem11 bers first appointed one-third shall be appointed for a term 

12 of 1 year, one-third shall be appointed for a term of 2 years, 

13 and one-third shall be appointed for a term of 3 years. Any 

14 member appointed to fill a vacancy occurring before the ex15 piration of the term for which the member’s predecessor was 

16 appointed shall be appointed only for the remainder of that 

17 term. A member may serve after the expiration of that mem18 ber’s term until a successor has taken office. No member 

19 may serve more than 2 consecutive terms. The Secretary 

20 of State shall designate a chair of the National Commission. 

21 ‘‘(c) Members of the National Commission shall serve 

22 without pay. For attendance at the annual meeting, each 

23 member shall receive travel expenses in accordance with sec24 tion 5703 of title 5, United States Code.
87

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(d) The National Commission shall meet at the call 

2 of the chair at least annually and such meetings may be 

3 through video conferencing or other electronic means. The 

4 National Commission shall designate an executive com5 mittee from among the members of the commission and may 

6 designate such other committees as may be necessary to 

7 carry out its duties under this Act. 

8 ‘‘(e) Upon request of the National Commission, the 

9 Secretary of State may detail any of the personnel of the 

10 Department of State to the National Commission to assist 

11 it in carrying out its duties under this Act.’’. 

12 (b) CONFORMING CHANGES.—Section 2 of the Act of 

13 July 30, 1946, ‘‘Providing for membership and participa14 tion by the United States in the United Nations Edu15 cational, Scientific, and Cultural Organization, and au16 thorizing an appropriation therefor.’’ (22 U.S.C. 287o) is 

17 amended by striking ‘‘One of the representatives’’ and all 

18 that follows through the end of such section.

19 SEC. 404. ORGANIZATION OF AMERICAN STATES (OAS) 

20 EMERGENCY FUND. 

21 Section 109(b)(3) of Public Law 104–114 (22 U.S.C. 

22 6039(b)(3)) is amended by striking ‘‘should provide not less 

23 than $5,000,000’’ and inserting ‘‘shall provide for each of 

24 the fiscal years 2004 and 2005 not less than $500,000’’.
88

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 405. UNITED STATES EFFORTS REGARDING THE STA2 TUS OF ISRAEL IN THE WESTERN EUROPEAN 

3 AND OTHERS GROUP AT THE UNITED NA4 TIONS. 

5 (a) UNITED STATES EFFORTS.—The Secretary of 

6 State and other appropriate officials of the United States 

7 Government should pursue an aggressive diplomatic effort 

8 and should take all necessary steps to ensure the extension 

9 and upgrade of Israel’s membership in the Western Euro10 pean and Others Group at the United Nations. 

11 (b) REPORT.—Not later than 60 days after the date 

12 of the enactment of this Act and semiannually thereafter 

13 through September 30, 2005, the Secretary of State shall 

14 submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report 

15 on the steps taken by the United States pursuant to sub16 section (a) and progress in achieving the objectives of sub17 section (a). 

18 Subtitle B—United States 

19 International Leadership

20 SEC. 431. SHORT TITLE. 

21 This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘United States Inter22 national Leadership Act of 2003’’. 

23 SEC. 432. FINDINGS. 

24 The Congress makes the following findings: 

25 (1) International organizations and other multi26 lateral institutions play a key role in United States 
89

•HR 1950 RH 

1 foreign policy and serve key United States foreign 

2 policy objectives, such as obligating all countries to 

3 freeze assets of terrorist groups, preventing the pro4 liferation of chemical, biological, and nuclear weap5 ons, and spearheading the fight to combat the ravages 

6 of HIV/AIDS and other infectious diseases. 

7 (2) Decisions at many international organiza8 tions, including membership and key positions, re9 main subject to determinations made by regional 

10 groups where democratic states are often in the mi11 nority and where there is intensive cooperation 

12 among repressive regimes. As a result, the United 

13 States has often been blocked in its attempts to take 

14 action in these institutions to advance its goals and 

15 objectives, including at the United Nations Human 

16 Rights Commission (where a representative of Libya 

17 was elected as chairman and the United States tem18 porarily lost a seat). 

19 (3) In order to address these shortcomings, the 

20 United States must actively work to improve the 

21 workings of international organizations and multilat22 eral institutions, particularly by creating a caucus of 

23 democratic countries that will advance United States 

24 interests. In the Second Ministerial Conference of the 

25 Community of Democracies in Seoul, Korea, on No-
90

•HR 1950 RH 

1 vember 10–20, 2002, numerous countries rec2 ommended working together as a democracy caucus in 

3 international organizations such as the United Na4 tions and ensuring that international and regional 

5 institutions develop and apply democratic standards 

6 for member states. 

7 (4) In addition, the United States has short8 changed its ability to influence these organizations by 

9 failing to obtain enough support for positions that are 

10 congruent to or consistent with United States objec11 tives and has not done enough to build expertise in 

12 the United States Government in the area of multilat13 eral diplomacy. 

14 SEC. 433. ESTABLISHMENT OF A DEMOCRACY CAUCUS. 

15 (a) IN GENERAL.—The President of the United States, 

16 acting through the Secretary of State and the relevant 

17 United States chiefs of mission, shall seek to establish a de18 mocracy caucus at the United Nations, the United Nations 

19 Human Rights Commission, the United Nations Conference 

20 on Disarmament, and at other broad-based international 

21 organizations. 

22 (b) PURPOSES OF THE CAUCUS.—A democracy caucus 

23 at an international organization should—

24 (1) forge common positions, including, as appro25 priate, at the ministerial level, on matters of concern 
91

•HR 1950 RH 

1 before the organization and work within and across 

2 regional lines to promote agreed positions; 

3 (2) work to revise an increasingly outmoded sys4 tem of regional voting and decision making; and 

5 (3) set up a rotational leadership scheme to pro6 vide member states an opportunity, for a set period 

7 of time, to serve as the designated president of the 

8 caucus, responsible for serving as its voice in each or9 ganization. 

10 SEC. 434. ANNUAL DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS ON MULTILAT11 ERAL ISSUES. 

12 The Secretary of State, acting through the principal 

13 officers responsible for advising the Secretary on inter14 national organizations, shall ensure that a high-level dele15 gation from the United States Government, on an annual 

16 basis, is sent to consult with key foreign governments in 

17 every region in order to promote the United States agenda 

18 at key international fora, such as the United Nations Gen19 eral Assembly, United Nations Human Rights Commission, 

20 the United Nations Education, Science, and Cultural Orga21 nization, and the International Whaling Commission. 

22 SEC. 435. LEADERSHIP AND MEMBERSHIP OF INTER23 NATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS. 

24 (a) UNITED STATES POLICY.—The President, acting 

25 through the Secretary of State and the relevant United
92

•HR 1950 RH 

1 States chiefs of mission, shall use the voice, vote, and influ2 ence of the United States to—

3 (1) where appropriate, reform the criteria for 

4 leadership and, in appropriate cases for membership, 

5 at all United Nations bodies and at other inter6 national organizations and multilateral institutions 

7 to which the United States is a member so as to ex8 clude nations that violate the principles of the specific 

9 organization; 

10 (2) make it a policy of the United Nations and 

11 other international organizations and multilateral in12 stitutions, of which the United States is a member, 

13 that a member state may not stand in nomination or 

14 be in rotation for a leadership position in such bodies 

15 if the member state is subject to sanctions imposed by 

16 the United Nations Security Council; and 

17 (3) work to ensure that no member state stand 

18 in nomination or be in rotation for a leadership posi19 tion in such organizations, or for membership of the 

20 United Nations Security Council, if the member state 

21 is subject to a determination under section 620A of 

22 the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, section 40 of the 

23 Arms Export Control Act, or section 6(j) of the Ex24 port Administration Act. 
93

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 15 days 

2 after a country subject to to a determination under section 

3 620A of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, section 40 of 

4 the Arms Export Control Act, or section 6(j) of the Export 

5 Administration Act is selected for a leadership post in an 

6 international organization of which the United States is a 

7 member or a membership of the United Nations Security 

8 Council, the Secretary of State shall submit a report to the 

9 appropriate congressional committees on any steps taken 

10 pursuant to subsection (a)(3). 

11 SEC. 436. INCREASED TRAINING IN MULTILATERAL DIPLO12 MACY. 

13 (a) TRAINING PROGRAMS.—Section 708 of the Foreign 

14 Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 4028) is amended by adding 

15 after subsection (b) the following new subsection: 

16 ‘‘(c) TRAINING IN MULTILATERAL DIPLOMACY.—

17 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Secretary shall establish 

18 a series of training courses for officers of the Service, 

19 including appropriate chiefs of mission, on the con20 duct of diplomacy at international organizations and 

21 other multilateral institutions and at broad-based 

22 multilateral negotiations of international instru23 ments. 

24 ‘‘(2) PARTICULAR PROGRAMS.—The Secretary 

25 shall ensure that the training described in paragraph 
94

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) is provided at various stages of the career of mem2 bers of the Service. In particular, the Secretary shall 

3 ensure that after January 1, 2004—

4 ‘‘(A) officers of the Service receive training 

5 on the conduct of diplomacy at international or6 ganizations and other multilateral institutions 

7 and at broad-based multilateral negotiations of 

8 international instruments as part of their train9 ing upon entry of the Service; and 

10 ‘‘(B) officers of the Service, including chiefs 

11 of mission, who are assigned to United States 

12 missions representing the United States to inter13 national organizations and other multilateral 

14 institutions or who are assigned in Washington, 

15 D.C. to positions that have as their primary re16 sponsibility formulation of policy towards such 

17 organizations and institutions or towards par18 ticipation in broad-based multilateral negotia19 tions of international instruments receive spe20 cialized training in the areas described in para21 graph (1) prior to beginning of service for such 

22 assignment or, if receiving such training at that 

23 time is not practical, within the first year of be24 ginning such assignment.’’. 
95

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) TRAINING FOR CIVIL SERVICE EMPLOYEES.—The 

2 Secretary shall ensure that employees of the Department of 

3 State that are members of the civil service and that are 

4 assigned to positions described in section 708(c) of the For5 eign Service Act of 1980 (as amended by this subtitle) have 

6 training described in such section. 

7 (c) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 708 of such 

8 Act is further amended—

9 (1) in subsection (a) by striking ‘‘(a) The’’ and 

10 inserting ‘‘(a) TRAINING ON HUMAN RIGHTS.—The’’; 

11 and 

12 (2) in subsection (b) by striking ‘‘(b) The’’ and 

13 inserting ‘‘(b) TRAINING ON REFUGEE LAW AND RE14 LIGIOUS PERSECUTION.—The’’. 

15 SEC. 437. PROMOTING ASSIGNMENTS TO INTERNATIONAL 

16 ORGANIZATIONS. 

17 (a) PROMOTIONS.— 

18 (1) IN GENERAL.—Section 603(b) of the Foreign 

19 Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 4003) is amended by 

20 striking the period at the end and inserting: ‘‘, and 

21 shall consider whether the member of the Service has 

22 served in a position whose primary responsibility is 

23 to formulate policy towards or represent the United 

24 States at an international organization, a multilat-
96

•HR 1950 RH 

1 eral institution, or a broad-based multilateral nego2 tiation of an international instrument.’’. 

3 (2) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendment made by 

4 paragraph (1) shall take effect January 1, 2010. 

5 (b) ESTABLISHMENT OF A MULTILATERAL DIPLOMACY

6 CONE IN THE FOREIGN SERVICE.— 

7 (1) FINDINGS.—

8 (A) The Department of State maintains a 

9 number of United States missions both within 

10 the United States and abroad that are dedicated 

11 to representing the United States to inter12 national organizations and multilateral institu13 tions, including missions in New York, Brussels, 

14 Geneva, Rome, Montreal, Nairobi, Vienna, and 

15 Paris, which will soon be responsible for United 

16 States representation to UNESCO and OECD. 

17 (B) In offices at the Harry S. Truman 

18 Building, the Department maintains a signifi19 cant number of positions in bureaus that are ei20 ther dedicated, or whose primary responsibility 

21 is, to represent the United States to such organi22 zations and institutions or at multilateral nego23 tiations. 

24 (C) Given the large number of positions in 

25 the United States and abroad that are dedicated
97

•HR 1950 RH 

1 to multilateral diplomacy, the Department of 

2 State may be well served in developing persons 

3 with specialized skills necessary to become ex4 perts in this unique form of diplomacy. 

5 (2) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the 

6 date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall 

7 submit to the appropriate congressional committees a 

8 report—

9 (A) evaluating whether a new cone should 

10 be established for the Foreign Service that con11 centrates on members of the Service that serve at 

12 international organizations and multilateral in13 stitutions or are primarily responsible for par14 ticipation in broad-based multilateral negotia15 tions of international instruments; and 

16 (B) provides alternative mechanisms for 

17 achieving the objective of developing a core group 

18 of United States diplomats and other government 

19 employees who have expertise and broad experi20 ence in conducting multilateral diplomacy. 

21 SEC. 438. IMPLEMENTATION AND ESTABLISHMENT OF OF22 FICE ON MULTILATERAL NEGOTIATIONS. 

23 (a) ESTABLISHMENT OF OFFICE.—The Secretary of 

24 State is authorized to establish, within the Bureau of Inter25 national Organizational Affairs, an Office on Multilateral 
98

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Negotiations to be headed by a Special Representative for 

2 Multilateral Negotiations (in this section referred to as the 

3 ‘‘special representative’’). 

4 (b) APPOINTMENT.—The special representative shall be 

5 appointed by the President with the advice and consent of 

6 the Senate and shall have the rank of Ambassador-at-Large. 

7 At the discretion of the President another official at the De8 partment may serve as the special representative. The Presi9 dent may direct that the special representative report to the 

10 Assistant Secretary for International Organizations. 

11 (c) STAFFING.—The special representative shall have 

12 a staff of foreign service and civil service officers skilled in 

13 multilateral diplomacy. 

14 (d) DUTIES.—The special representative shall have the 

15 following responsibilities: 

16 (1) IN GENERAL.—The primary responsibility of 

17 the special representative shall be to assist in the or18 ganization of, and preparation for, United States 

19 participation in multilateral negotiations, including 

20 the advocacy efforts undertaken by the Department of 

21 State and other United States agencies. 

22 (2) ADVISORY ROLE.—The special representative 

23 shall advise the President and the Secretary of State, 

24 as appropriate, regarding advocacy at international 

25 organizations and multilateral institutions and nego-
99

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tiations and, in coordination with the Assistant Sec2 retary of State for International Organizational Af3 fairs, shall make recommendations regarding—

4 (A) effective strategies (and tactics) to 

5 achieve United States policy objectives at multi6 lateral negotiations; 

7 (B) the need for and timing of high level 

8 intervention by the President, the Secretary of 

9 State, the Deputy Secretary of State, and other 

10 United States officials to secure support from 

11 key foreign government officials for the United 

12 States position at such organizations, institu13 tions, and negotiations; 

14 (C) the composition of United States delega15 tions to multilateral negotiations; and 

16 (D) liaison with Congress, international or17 ganizations, nongovernmental organizations, and 

18 the private sector on matters affecting multilat19 eral negotiations. 

20 (3) DEMOCRACY CAUCUS.—The special represent21 ative, in coordination with the Assistant Secretary for 

22 International Organizational Affairs, shall ensure the 

23 establishment of a democracy caucus. 

24 (4) ANNUAL DIPLOMATIC MISSIONS OF MULTI25 LATERAL ISSUES.—The special representative, in co-
100

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ordination with the Assistant Secretary for Inter2 national Organizational Affairs, shall organize an3 nual consultations between the principal officers re4 sponsible for advising the Secretary of State on inter5 national organizations and foreign governments to 

6 promote the United States agenda at the United Na7 tions General Assembly and other key international 

8 fora (such as the United Nations Human Rights 

9 Commission). 

10 (5) LEADERSHIP AND MEMBERSHIP OF INTER11 NATIONAL ORGANIZATIONS.—The special representa12 tive, in coordination with the Assistant Secretary of 

13 International Organizational Affairs, shall direct the 

14 efforts of the United States Government to reform the 

15 criteria for leadership and membership of inter16 national organizations as described in section 435. 

17 (6) PARTICIPATION IN MULTILATERAL NEGOTIA18 TIONS.—The special representative, or members of the 

19 special representative’s staff, may, as required by the 

20 President or the Secretary of State, serve on a United 

21 States delegation to any multilateral negotiation. 

22 (e) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the date 

23 of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary of State shall 

24 submit a plan to establish a democracy caucus to the appro25 priate congressional committees. The report required by sec-
101

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tion 437(c) may be submitted together with the report under 

2 this subsection. 

3 SEC. 439. SYNCHRONIZATION OF UNITED STATES CON4 TRIBUTIONS TO INTERNATIONAL ORGANIZA5 TIONS. 

6 Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment 

7 of this Act, the President shall submit a plan to the appro8 priate congressional committees on the implementation of 

9 section 404 of the Foreign Relations Authorization Act of 

10 2003 (Public Law 107–228), (relating to a resumption by 

11 the United State of the payment of its full contribution to 

12 certain international organizations at the beginning of each 

13 calendar year). 

14 TITLE V—UNITED STATES 

15 INTERNATIONAL BROAD16 CASTING ACTIVITIES 

17 Subtitle A—Basic Authorities and 

18 Activities

19 SEC. 501. MIDEAST RADIO AND TELEVISION NETWORK, INC. 

20 (a) The United States International Broadcasting Act 

21 of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 6201 et seq.) is amended by adding after 

22 section 309 the following new section:
102

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘SEC. 310. MIDEAST RADIO AND TELEVISION NETWORK, 

2 INC. 

3 ‘‘(a) AUTHORITY.—Grants authorized under section 

4 305 shall be available to make annual grants to Mideast 

5 Radio and Television Network, Inc. (hereinafter in this title 

6 also referred to as ‘Mideast Network’) for the purpose of car7 rying out radio and television broadcasting to the Middle 

8 East region. 

9 ‘‘(b) FUNCTION.—Mideast Network shall provide radio 

10 and television programming to the Middle East region con11 sistent with the broadcasting standards and broadcasting 

12 principles set forth in section 303 of this Act. 

13 ‘‘(c) GRANT AGREEMENT.—Any grant agreement or 

14 grants under this section shall be subject to the following 

15 limitations and restrictions: 

16 ‘‘(1) The Board may not make any grant to the 

17 nonprofit corporation, Mideast Network unless its cer18 tificate of incorporation provides that—

19 ‘‘(A) the Board of Directors of Mideast 

20 Radio and Television Network, Inc. (hereinafter 

21 referred to as ‘the Board’) shall consist of the 

22 members of the Broadcasting Board of Governors 

23 established under section 304 and of no other 

24 members; and 

25 ‘‘(B) the Board shall make all major policy 

26 determinations governing the operation of Mid-
103

•HR 1950 RH 

1 east Network and shall appoint and fix the com2 pensation of such managerial officers and em3 ployees of Mideast Network as it considers nec4 essary to carry out the purposes of the grant pro5 vided under this title, except that no officer or 

6 employee may be paid a salary or other com7 pensation in excess of the rate of pay payable for 

8 Level IV of the Executive Schedule under section 

9 5315 of title 5, United States Code. 

10 ‘‘(2) Any grant agreement under this section 

11 shall require that any contract entered into by Mid12 east Network shall specify that obligations are as13 sumed by Mideast Network and not the United States 

14 Government. 

15 ‘‘(3) Any grant agreement shall require that any 

16 lease agreement entered into by Mideast Network shall 

17 be, to the maximum extent possible, assignable to the 

18 United States Government. 

19 ‘‘(4) Grants awarded under this section shall be 

20 made pursuant to a grant agreement which requires 

21 that grant funds be used only for activities consistent 

22 with this section, and that failure to comply with 

23 such requirements shall permit the grant to be termi24 nated without fiscal obligation to the United States. 
104

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(5) Duplication of language services and tech2 nical operations between the Mideast Radio and Tele3 vision Network, Inc., (including Radio Sawa), RFE/

4 RL, and the International Broadcasting Bureau will 

5 be reduced to the extent appropriate, as determined 

6 by the Board. 

7 ‘‘(d) NOT A FEDERAL AGENCY OR INSTRUMEN8 TALITY.—Nothing in this title may be construed to establish 

9 Mideast Network as a Federal agency or instrumentality, 

10 nor shall the officers or employees of Mideast Network be 

11 considered to be officers or employees of the United States 

12 Government. 

13 ‘‘(e) AUDIT AUTHORITY.—

14 ‘‘(1) Such financial transactions of Mideast Net15 work, as relate to functions carried out under this sec16 tion may be audited by the General Accounting Office 

17 in accordance with such principles and procedures 

18 and under such rules and regulations as may be pre19 scribed by the Comptroller General of the United 

20 States. Any such audit shall be conducted at the place 

21 or places where accounts of Mideast Network are nor22 mally kept. 

23 ‘‘(2) Representatives of the General Accounting 

24 Office shall have access to all books, accounts, records, 

25 reports, files, papers, and property belonging to or in 
105

•HR 1950 RH 

1 use by Mideast Network pertaining to such financial 

2 transactions as necessary to facilitate an audit. Such 

3 representatives shall be afforded full facilities for 

4 verifying transactions with any assets held by deposi5 tories, fiscal agents, and custodians. All such books, 

6 accounts, records, reports, files, papers, and property 

7 of Mideast Network shall remain in the custody of 

8 Mideast Network. 

9 ‘‘(3) Notwithstanding any other provisions of 

10 law, the Inspector General of the Department of State 

11 is authorized to exercise the authorities of the Inspec12 tor General Act with respect to the Mideast Net13 work.’’. 

14 (b) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—

15 (1) Section 305 of the United States Inter16 national Broadcasting Act of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 6204) 

17 is amended—

18 (A) in subsection (a)(5) by striking ‘‘308 

19 and 309’’ and inserting ‘‘308, 309, and 310’’; 

20 (B) in subsection (a)(6) by striking ‘‘308 

21 and 309’’ and inserting ‘‘308, 309, and 310’’; 

22 and 

23 (C) in subsection (c) by striking ‘‘308 and 

24 309’’ and inserting ‘‘308, 309, and 310’’. 
106

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) Section 307 of the United States Inter2 national Broadcasting Act of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 6206) 

3 is amended—

4 (A) in subsection (a) by striking ‘‘308 and 

5 309’’ and inserting ‘‘308, 309, and 310’’; and 

6 (B) in subsection (c) by adding ‘‘Mideast 

7 Radio and Television Network, Inc.,’’ after 

8 ‘‘Asia’’. 

9 (3) Section 304(g) of the United States Inter10 national Broadcasting Act of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 

11 6203(g)) is amended by striking ‘‘and Radio Free 

12 Asia’’ and inserting ‘‘, Radio Free Asia, and Mideast 

13 Radio and Television Network, Inc.’’. 

14 (4) Section 8332(b)(11) of title 5, United States 

15 Code, is amended by adding ‘‘Mideast Radio and Tel16 evision Network, Inc.;’’ after ‘‘the Asia Foundation;’’. 

17 SEC. 502. IMPROVING SIGNAL DELIVERY TO CUBA. 

18 Section 3 of the Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act (22 

19 U.S.C. 1465a) is amended—

20 (1) in subsection (c) by striking the second sen21 tence and inserting ‘‘The Board is authorized to si22 multaneously utilize other broadcasting transmission 

23 facilities, and other frequencies, including the Ampli24 tude Modulation (AM) Band (535 kHz to 1705 kHz),
107

•HR 1950 RH 

1 the Frequency Modulation (FM) Band, and the Short2 wave (SW) Band.’’; 

3 (2) in subsection (c) in the third sentence by 

4 striking ‘‘Provided, That’’ and all that follows before 

5 the period at the end; 

6 (3) in subsection (d) by striking the last sen7 tence; 

8 (4) by amending subsection (e) to read as fol9 lows: 

10 ‘‘(e) Any program of United States Government radio 

11 broadcasts to Cuba authorized by this section shall be des12 ignated ‘Radio Marti program’.’’; and 

13 (5) in subsection (f) by striking ‘‘Voice of Amer14 ica’’.

15 SEC. 503. REPORT CONCERNING EFFORTS TO COUNTER 

16 JAMMING OF BROADCASTS OF RADIO MARTI 

17 AND TV MARTI. 

18 Not later than 30 days after the date of the enactment 

19 of this Act, the Secretary of State shall submit to the appro20 priate congressional committees a report providing the fol21 lowing information: 

22 (1) Specific steps taken to increase the capabili23 ties of Radio Marti and TV Marti to ensure that 

24 broadcasts overcome jamming by the Government of 

25 Cuba. 
108

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) An evaluation and analysis of not less than 

2 10 alternate methods to counter jamming of radio 

3 and television broadcasts including the following: 

4 (A) Methods used to broadcast into Iraq in5 volving a C–130. 

6 (B) Methods previously used to transmit 

7 into the former Soviet Union and other Soviet 

8 bloc countries. 

9 (C) Successful methods employed by non10 United States Government entities, such as those 

11 used by the Falun Gong to overcome Chinese 

12 Government jamming and those recently used by 

13 a Cuban exile group to transmit television 

14 broadcasts into Cuba.

15 SEC. 504. PILOT PROGRAM FOR THE PROMOTION OF TRAV16 EL AND TOURISM IN THE UNITED STATES 

17 THROUGH UNITED STATES INTERNATIONAL 

18 BROADCASTING. 

19 (a) PILOT PROGRAM.—The Broadcasting Board of 

20 Governors, in consultation with the Department of Com21 merce and other appropriate Federal, State, and local agen22 cies, shall conduct a pilot program for the promotion of 

23 travel and tourism in the United States through United 

24 States international broadcasting, particularly to regional 
109

•HR 1950 RH 

1 economies that have been affected by the decrease in tourism 

2 following the events of September 11, 2001. 

3 (b) PROGRAMMING.—The pilot program shall devote 

4 regular programming to broadcasting information on local5 ities of the United States with the purpose of promoting 

6 travel and tourism to regional economies heavily reliant on 

7 such tourism. 

8 (c) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 180 days 

9 after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Broadcasting 

10 Board of Governors shall submit to the appropriate congres11 sional committees a report detailing the actions taken by 

12 the Board in carrying out this section. 

13 SEC. 505. RADIO FREE ASIA BROADCASTS INTO NORTH 

14 KOREA. 

15 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

16 findings: 

17 (1) North Korea’s development of nuclear weap18 ons and missile delivery systems poses one of the 

19 gravest security threats to the United States in the 

20 world. 

21 (2) The Kim Jong Il regime in North Korea has 

22 one of the worst human rights records in the world. 

23 On April 16, 2003, the United Nations Commission 

24 on Human Rights passed a resolution, ‘‘expressing its 

25 deep concern about reports of systemic, widespread 
110

•HR 1950 RH 

1 and grave violations of human rights’’ in North 

2 Korea. 

3 (3) In order to ensure its survival, the Kim Jong 

4 Il regime makes extensive efforts to control the flow of 

5 information in North Korea. 

6 (4) In 2002, a survey found that five of twelve 

7 ‘‘elite’’ defectors from North Korea had listened to 

8 Radio Free Asia. 

9 (5) Radio Free Asia broadcasts only 4 hours 

10 each day into North Korea. 

11 (6) Many North Korean citizens lack radios ca12 pable of receiving Radio Free Asia broadcasts. 

13 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con14 gress that the Broadcasting Board of Governors should en15 sure that Radio Free Asia increases its broadcasting with 

16 respect to North Korea to 24 hours each day. 

17 (c) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 90 days 

18 after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary 

19 of State, after consulting with other agencies of the United 

20 States Government, shall submit a report, in classified 

21 form, on specific measures currently being undertaken and 

22 measures necessary, including the provision of adequate ra23 dios, to maximize North Korean citizen access to Radio 

24 Free Asia and other foreign broadcasts to the Committee 

25 on International Relations and the Permanent Select Com-
111

•HR 1950 RH 

1 mittee on Intelligence of the House of Representatives and 

2 the Committee on Foreign Relations and the Select Com3 mittee on Intelligence of the Senate.

4 SEC. 506. PROHIBITION ON ELIMINATION OF INTER5 NATIONAL BROADCASTING IN EASTERN EU6 ROPE. 

7 During the 2 year period beginning on the date of the 

8 enactment of this Act, the Broadcasting Board of Governors 

9 may not eliminate foreign language broadcasting in any 

10 of the following languages: Bulgarian, Czech, Estonian, 

11 Hungarian, Latvian, Lithuanian, Georgian, Polish, 

12 Slovene, Slovak, Romanian, Croatian, Armenian, and 

13 Ukrainian. 

14 Subtitle B—Global Internet 

15 Freedom 

16 SEC. 521. SHORT TITLE. 

17 This subtitle may be cited as the ‘‘Global Internet Free18 dom Act of 2003’’. 

19 SEC. 522. FINDINGS. 

20 The Congress makes the following findings: 

21 (1) Freedom of speech, freedom of the press, and 

22 freedom of association are fundamental characteristics 

23 of a free society. The first amendment to the Constitu24 tion of the United States guarantees that ‘‘Congress 

25 shall make no law . . . abridging the freedom of
112

•HR 1950 RH 

1 speech, or of the press; or the right of the people 

2 peaceably to assemble.’’ These constitutional provi3 sions guarantee the rights of Americans to commu4 nicate and associate with one another without restric5 tion, including unfettered communication and asso6 ciation via the Internet. Article 19 of the United Na7 tion’s Universal Declaration of Human Rights explic8 itly guarantees the freedom to ‘‘receive and impart 

9 information and ideas through any media and re10 gardless of frontiers’’. 

11 (2) All people have the right to communicate 

12 freely with others, and to have unrestricted access to 

13 news and information, on the Internet. 

14 (3) With nearly 10 percent of the world’s popu15 lation now online, and more gaining access each day, 

16 the Internet stands to become the most powerful en17 gine for democratization and the free exchange of 

18 ideas ever invented. 

19 (4) The governments of Burma, Cuba, Laos, 

20 North Korea, the People’s Republic of China, Saudi 

21 Arabia, Syria, and Vietnam, among others, are tak22 ing active measures to keep their citizens from freely 

23 accessing the Internet and obtaining international po24 litical, religious, and economic news and information. 
113

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (5) The Voice of America and Radio Free Asia, 

2 as well as hundreds of news sources with an Internet 

3 presence, are routinely being jammed by repressive 

4 governments. 

5 (6) Since the 1940s, the United States has de6 ployed anti-jamming technologies to make Voice of 

7 America and other United States Government spon8 sored broadcasting available to people in nations with 

9 governments that seek to block news and information. 

10 (7) The United States Government has thus far 

11 commenced only modest steps to fund and deploy 

12 technologies to defeat Internet censorship. 

13 (8) The success of United States policy in sup14 port of freedom of speech, press, and association re15 quires continued efforts to defeat totalitarian and au16 thoritarian controls on news and information over the 

17 Internet. 

18 SEC. 523. PURPOSES. 

19 The purposes of this subtitle are—

20 (1) to adopt an effective and robust global Inter21 net freedom policy; 

22 (2) to establish an office within the Broadcasting 

23 Board of Governors with the sole mission of coun24 tering Internet jamming and blocking by utilizing 

25 available anti-jamming technology; 
114

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) to expedite the development and deployment 

2 of technology to protect Internet freedom around the 

3 world; and 

4 (4) to bring to bear the pressure of the free world 

5 on repressive governments guilty of Internet censor6 ship and the intimidation and persecution of their 

7 citizens who use the Internet. 

8 SEC. 524. DEVELOPMENT AND DEPLOYMENT OF TECH9 NOLOGIES TO DEFEAT INTERNET JAMMING 

10 AND CENSORSHIP. 

11 (a) ESTABLISHMENT OF OFFICE OF GLOBAL INTER12 NET FREEDOM.—The Broadcasting Board of Governors 

13 shall establish an Office of Global Internet Freedom (herein14 after in this subtitle referred to as the ‘‘Office’’). The Office 

15 shall develop and implement a comprehensive global strat16 egy to combat state-sponsored and state-directed Internet 

17 jamming and persecution of those who use the Internet. 

18 (b) COOPERATION OF OTHER FEDERAL DEPARTMENTS

19 AND AGENCIES.—Each department and agency of the 

20 United States Government shall cooperate fully with, and 

21 assist in the implementation of, the strategy developed by 

22 the Office and shall make such resources and information 

23 available to the Office as is necessary to the achievement 

24 of the purposes of this subtitle. 
115

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (c) COOPERATION WITH DEPARTMENT OF STATE.—

2 The Office shall assist the Secretary of State in preparing 

3 portions of the country reports on human rights practices 

4 that address Internet accessibility. 

5 (d) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Nine months after the 

6 date of the enactment of this Act, the Broadcasting Board 

7 of Governors shall submit to the Congress a report on the 

8 status of foreign government interference with Internet use 

9 and of efforts by the United States to counter such inter10 ference. The report shall list the countries that pursue poli11 cies of Internet censorship, blocking, and other abuses; pro12 vide information concerning the government agencies or 

13 quasi-governmental organizations that implement Internet 

14 censorship; and describe with the greatest particularity 

15 practicable the technological means by which such blocking 

16 and other abuses are accomplished. In the discretion of the 

17 Broadcasting Board of Governors, such report may be sub18 mitted in both a classified and nonclassified version. One 

19 year after the date of submission of such report, the Office 

20 shall submit a second report. 

21 (e) LIMITATION ON AUTHORITY.—Nothing in this sub22 title shall be interpreted to authorize any action by the 

23 United States to interfere with foreign national censorship 

24 in furtherance of legitimate law enforcement aims con25 sistent with the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. 
116

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Subtitle C—Reorganization of 

2 United States International 

3 Broadcasting 

4 SEC. 531. ESTABLISHMENT OF UNITED STATES INTER5 NATIONAL BROADCASTING AGENCY. 

6 (a) IN GENERAL.—Section 304 of the United States 

7 International Broadcasting Act of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 6203) 

8 is amended to read as follows: 

9 ‘‘SEC. 304. ESTABLISHMENT OF UNITED STATES INTER10 NATIONAL BROADCASTING AGENCY. 

11 ‘‘(a) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established as an 

12 independent agency in the executive branch the United 

13 States International Broadcasting Agency (hereinafter in 

14 this Act referred to as the ‘Agency’). 

15 ‘‘(b) BOARD OF GOVERNORS OF THE AGENCY.—

16 ‘‘(1) HEAD OF AGENCY.—The Agency shall be 

17 headed by the Board of Governors of the United 

18 States International Broadcasting Agency (herein19 after in this Act referred to as the ‘Board of Gov20 ernors’). 

21 ‘‘(2) AUTHORITIES AND FUNCTIONS.—The Board 

22 of Goverors shall—

23 ‘‘(A) carry out the authorities and functions 

24 of the Agency under section 305; and
117

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(B) be responsible for the exercise of all au2 thorities and powers and the discharge of all du3 ties and functions of the Agency. 

4 ‘‘(3) COMPOSITION OF THE BOARD OF GOV5 ERNORS.—

6 ‘‘(A) The Board of Governors shall consist 

7 of 9 members, as follows: 

8 ‘‘(i) Eight voting members who shall be 

9 appointed by the President, by and with the 

10 advice and consent of the Senate. 

11 ‘‘(ii) The Secretary of State who shall 

12 also be a voting member. 

13 ‘‘(B) The President shall appoint one mem14 ber (other than the Secretary of State) as Chair 

15 of the Board of Governors, subject to the advice 

16 and consent of the Senate. 

17 ‘‘(C) Exclusive of the Secretary of State, not 

18 more than 4 of the members of the Board of Gov19 ernors appointed by the President shall be of the 

20 same political party. 

21 ‘‘(4) TERM OF OFFICE.—The term of office of 

22 each member of the Board of Governors shall be three 

23 years, except that the Secretary of State shall remain 

24 a member of the Board of Governors during the Sec25 retary’s term of service. The President shall appoint, 
118

•HR 1950 RH 

1 by and with the advice and consent of the Senate, 

2 board members to fill vacancies occurring prior to the 

3 expiration of a term, in which case the members so 

4 appointed shall serve for the remainder of such term. 

5 Any member whose term has expired may serve until 

6 a successor has been appointed and qualified. When 

7 there is no Secretary of State, the Acting Secretary of 

8 State shall serve as a member of the board until a 

9 Secretary is appointed. 

10 ‘‘(5) SELECTION OF BOARD OF GOVERNORS.—

11 Members of the Board of Governors appointed by the 

12 President shall be citizens of the United States who 

13 are not regular full-time employees of the United 

14 States Government. Such members shall be selected by 

15 the President from among Americans distinguished in 

16 the fields of mass communications, print, broadcast 

17 media, or foreign affairs. 

18 ‘‘(6) COMPENSATION.—Members of the Board of 

19 Governors, while attending meetings of the board or 

20 while engaged in duties relating to such meetings or 

21 in other activities of the board pursuant to this sec22 tion (including travel time) shall be entitled to receive 

23 compensation equal to the daily equivalent of the 

24 compensation prescribed for level IV of the Executive 

25 Schedule under section 5315 of title 5, United States 
119

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Code. While away from their homes or regular places 

2 of business, members of the board may be allowed 

3 travel expenses, including per diem in lieu of subsist4 ence, as authorized by law for persons in the Govern5 ment service employed intermittently. The Secretary 

6 of State shall not be entitled to any compensation 

7 under this title, but may be allowed travel expenses 

8 as provided under this subsection. 

9 ‘‘(7) DECISIONS.—Decisions of the Board of Gov10 ernors shall be made by majority vote, a quorum 

11 being present. A quorum shall consist of 5 members. 

12 ‘‘(8) IMMUNITY FROM CIVIL LIABILITY.—Not13 withstanding any other provision of law, any and all 

14 limitations on liability that apply to the members of 

15 the Board of Governors also shall apply to such mem16 bers when acting in their capacities as members of the 

17 boards of directors of RFE/RL, Incorporated and 

18 Radio Free Asia. 

19 ‘‘(c) DIRECTOR.—

20 ‘‘(1) APPOINTMENT.—The Board of Governors 

21 shall appoint a Director of the Agency. The Director 

22 shall receive basic pay at the rate payable for level III 

23 of the Executive Schedule under section 5314 of title 

24 5, United States Code. The Director may be removed 

25 through a majority vote of the Board. 
120

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(2) FUNCTIONS AND DUTIES.—The Director 

2 shall have the following functions and duties: 

3 ‘‘(A) To exercise the authorities delegated by 

4 the Board of Governors pursuant to section 

5 305(b). 

6 ‘‘(B) To carry out all broadcasting activi7 ties conducted pursuant to this title, the Radio 

8 Broadcasting to Cuba Act, and the Television 

9 Broadcasting to Cuba Act. 

10 ‘‘(C) To examine and make recommenda11 tions to the Board of Governors on long-term 

12 strategies for the future of international broad13 casting, including the use of new technologies. 

14 ‘‘(D) To review engineering activities to en15 sure that all broadcasting elements receive the 

16 highest quality and cost-effective delivery serv17 ices. 

18 ‘‘(E) To procure supplies, services, and 

19 other personal property to carry out the func20 tions of the Agency. 

21 ‘‘(F) To obligate and expend, for official re22 ception and representation expenses, such 

23 amounts as may be made available through ap24 propriations.
121

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(G) To provide for the use of United States 

2 Government transmitter capacity for relay of 

3 broadcasting by grantees. 

4 ‘‘(H) To procure temporary and intermit5 tent personal services to the same extent as is au6 thorized by section 3109 of title 5, United States 

7 Code, at rates not to exceed the daily equivalent 

8 of the rate provided for positions classified above 

9 grade GS–15 of the General Schedule under sec10 tion 5108 of title 5, United States Code. 

11 ‘‘(I) To procure for the Agency, pursuant to 

12 section 1535 of title 31, United States Code goods 

13 and services from other departments or agencies. 

14 ‘‘(J) To the extent funds are available, to 

15 lease space and acquire personal property for the 

16 Agency. 

17 ‘‘(d) INSPECTOR GENERAL AUTHORITIES.—

18 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—The Inspector General of the 

19 Department of State shall exercise the same authori20 ties with respect to the Agency as the Inspector Gen21 eral exercises under the Inspector General Act of 1978 

22 and section 209 of the Foreign Service Act of 1980 

23 with respect to the Department of State. 

24 ‘‘(2) RESPECT FOR JOURNALISTIC INTEGRITY OF

25 BROADCASTERS.—The Inspector General of the De-
122

•HR 1950 RH 

1 partment of State and the Foreign Service shall re2 spect the journalistic integrity of all the broadcasters 

3 covered by this title and may not evaluate the philo4 sophical or political perspectives reflected in the con5 tent of broadcasts.’’. 

6 (b) RETENTION OF EXISTING BOARD MEMBERS.—The 

7 members of the Broadcasting Board of Governors appointed 

8 by the President pursuant to section 304 of the United 

9 States International Broadcasting Act of 1994 on the day 

10 before the effective date of this title and holding office as 

11 of that date may serve the remainder of their terms of office 

12 as members of the Board of Governors established under sec13 tion 304(b) of the United States International Broadcasting 

14 Act of 1994, as amended by subsection (a) of this section, 

15 without reappointment, or if their term has expired may 

16 serve until a successor is appointed and qualified. 

17 SEC. 532. AUTHORITIES AND FUNCTIONS OF THE AGENCY. 

18 Section 305 of the United States International Broad19 casting Act of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 6204) is amended to read 

20 as follows:

21 ‘‘SEC. 305. AUTHORITIES AND FUNCTIONS OF THE AGENCY. 

22 ‘‘(a) The Agency shall have the following authorities 

23 and functions: 

24 ‘‘(1) To supervise all broadcasting activities con25 ducted pursuant to this title, the Radio Broadcasting 
123

•HR 1950 RH 

1 to Cuba Act, and the Television Broadcasting to Cuba 

2 Act. 

3 ‘‘(2) To review and evaluate the mission and op4 eration of, and to assess the quality, effectiveness, and 

5 professional integrity of, all such activities within the 

6 context of the broad foreign policy objectives of the 

7 United States and the guiding principles and doc8 trines of the United States, particularly freedom and 

9 democracy. 

10 ‘‘(3) To develop strategic goals after reviewing 

11 human rights reporting and other reliable assessments 

12 to assist in determining programming and resource 

13 allocation. 

14 ‘‘(4) To ensure that United States international 

15 broadcasting is conducted in accordance with the 

16 standards and principles contained in section 303. 

17 ‘‘(5) To review, evaluate, and determine, at least 

18 annually, after consultation with the Secretary of 

19 State, the addition or deletion of language services. 

20 ‘‘(6) To make and supervise grants for broad21 casting and related activities in accordance with sec22 tions 308 and 309. 

23 ‘‘(7) To allocate funds appropriated for inter24 national broadcasting activities among the various 

25 elements of the Agency and grantees, subject to the 
124

•HR 1950 RH 

1 limitations in sections 308 and 309 and subject to re2 programming notification requirements in law for the 

3 reallocation of funds. 

4 ‘‘(8) To undertake such studies as may be nec5 essary to identify areas in which broadcasting activi6 ties under its authority could be made more efficient 

7 and economical. 

8 ‘‘(9) To submit to the President and the Congress 

9 an annual report which summarizes and evaluates 

10 activities under this title, the Radio Broadcasting to 

11 Cuba Act, and the Television Broadcasting to Cuba 

12 Act, placing special emphasis on the assessment de13 scribed in paragraph (2). 

14 ‘‘(10) To make available in the annual report re15 quired by paragraph (9) information on funds ex16 pended on administrative and managerial services by 

17 the Agency and by grantees and the steps the Agency 

18 has taken to reduce unnecessary overhead costs for 

19 each of the broadcasting services. 

20 ‘‘(11) To utilize the provisions of titles III, IV, 

21 V, VII, VIII, IX, and X of the United States Informa22 tion and Educational Exchange Act of 1948, and sec23 tion 6 of Reorganization Plan Number 2 of 1977, as 

24 in effect on the day before the effective date of title 

25 XIII of the Foreign Affairs Agencies Consolidation
125

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Act of 1998, to the extent the Director considers nec2 essary in carrying out the provisions and purposes 

3 of this title. 

4 ‘‘(12) To utilize the authorities of any other stat5 ute, reorganization plan, Executive order, regulation, 

6 agreement, determination, or other official document 

7 or proceeding that had been available to the Director 

8 of the United States Information Agency, the Bureau, 

9 or the Board before the effective date of title XIII of 

10 the Foreign Affairs Consolidation Act of 1998 for car11 rying out the broadcasting activities covered by this 

12 title. 

13 ‘‘(b) DELEGATION OF AUTHORITY.—The Board of Gov14 ernors may delegate to the Director of the Agency, or any 

15 other officer or employee of the United States, the authori16 ties provided in this section, except those authorities pro17 vided in paragraph (1), (2), (4), (5), (6), (7), or (9) of sub18 section (a). 

19 ‘‘(c) BROADCASTING BUDGETS.—The Director and the 

20 grantees identified in sections 308 and 309 shall submit 

21 proposed budgets to the Board. The Board shall forward its 

22 recommendations concerning the proposed budget for the 

23 Board and broadcasting activities under this title, the 

24 Radio Broadcasting to Cuba Act, and the Television Broad-
126

•HR 1950 RH 

1 casting to Cuba Act to the Office of Management and Budg2 et.’’. 

3 SEC. 533. ROLE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE. 

4 Section 306 of the United States International Broad5 casting Act of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 6205) is amended to read 

6 as follows: 

7 ‘‘SEC. 306. ROLE OF THE SECRETARY OF STATE. 

8 ‘‘To assist the Agency in carrying out its functions, 

9 the Secretary of State shall provide such information and 

10 guidance on foreign policy and public diplomacy issues to 

11 the Agency as the Secretary considers appropriate.’’. 

12 SEC. 534. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS. 

13 The United States International Broadcasting Act of 

14 1994 is amended by striking section 307 and inserting the 

15 following new section: 

16 ‘‘SEC. 307. ADMINISTRATIVE PROVISIONS. 

17 ‘‘(a) OFFICERS AND EMPLOYEES.—The Board of Gov18 ernors may appoint and fix the compensation of such offi19 cers and employees as may be necessary to carry out the 

20 functions of the Agency. Except as otherwise provided by 

21 law, such officers and employees shall be appointed in ac22 cordance with the civil service laws and their compensation 

23 shall be fixed in accordance with title 5, United States Code. 

24 ‘‘(b) EXPERTS AND CONSULTANTS.—The Board of 

25 Governors, as may be provided in appropriation Acts, may 
127

•HR 1950 RH 

1 obtain the services of experts and consultants in accordance 

2 with section 3109 of title 5, United States Code, and may 

3 compensate such experts and consultants at rates not to ex4 ceed the daily rate prescribed for level IV of the Executive 

5 Schedule under section 5315 of title 5, United States Code. 

6 ‘‘(c) ACCEPTANCE OF VOLUNTARY SERVICES.—

7 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding section 

8 1342 of title 31, United States Code, the Board of 

9 Governors may accept, subject to regulations issued by 

10 the Office of Personnel Management, voluntary serv11 ices if such services—

12 ‘‘(A) are to be uncompensated; and 

13 ‘‘(B) are not used to displace any employee. 

14 ‘‘(2) TREATMENT.—Any individual who provides 

15 voluntary services under this section shall not be con16 sidered a Federal employee for any purpose other 

17 than for purposes of chapter 81 of title 5, United 

18 States Code (relating to compensation for injury) and 

19 sections 2671 through 2680 of title 28, United States 

20 Code (relating to tort claims). 

21 ‘‘(d) DELEGATION.—Except as otherwise provided in 

22 this Act, the Board of Governors may delegate any function 

23 to the Director and such other officers and employees of the 

24 Agency as the Board of Governors may designate, and may 
128

•HR 1950 RH 

1 authorize such successive redelegations of such functions 

2 within the Agency as may be necessary or appropriate. 

3 ‘‘(e) CONTRACTS.—

4 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Subject to the Federal Prop5 erty and Administrative Services Act of 1949 and 

6 other applicable Federal law, the Board of Governors 

7 may make, enter into, and perform such contracts, 

8 grants, leases, cooperative agreements, and other simi9 lar transactions with Federal or other public agencies 

10 (including State and local governments) and private 

11 organizations and persons, and to make such pay12 ments, by way of advance or reimbursement, as the 

13 Board of Governors may determine necessary or ap14 propriate to carry out functions of the Board of Gov15 ernors or the Agency. 

16 ‘‘(2) APPROPRIATION AUTHORITY REQUIRED.—

17 No authority to enter into contracts or to make pay18 ments under this title shall be effective except to such 

19 extent or in such amounts as are provided in advance 

20 under appropriation Acts. 

21 ‘‘(f) REGULATIONS.—The Director may prescribe such 

22 rules and regulations as the Board of Governors considers 

23 necessary or appropriate to administer and manage the 

24 functions of the Agency, in accordance with chapter 5 of 

25 title 5, United States Code. 
129

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(g) SEAL.—The Director shall cause a seal of office 

2 to be made for the Agency of such design as the Board of 

3 Governors shall approve. Judicial notice shall be taken of 

4 such seal.’’. 

5 SEC. 535. BROADCASTING BOARD OF GOVERNORS AND 

6 INTERNATIONAL BROADCASTING BUREAU. 

7 The Broadcasting Board of Governors and the Inter8 national Broadcasting Bureau are abolished. 

9 SEC. 536. TRANSITION. 

10 (a) TRANSFER OF FUNCTIONS.—Except as otherwise 

11 provided in this subtitle or an amendment made by this 

12 subtitle, all functions that on the day before the effective 

13 date specified in section 540 are authorized to be performed 

14 by the Broadcasting Board of Governors and the Inter15 national Broadcasting Bureau and any officer, employee, 

16 or component of such entities, under any statute, reorga17 nization plan, Executive order, or other provision of law, 

18 are transferred to the Agency established under this title 

19 effective on that date. 

20 (b) DETERMINATION OF CERTAIN FUNCTIONS.—If nec21 essary, the Office of Management and Budget shall make 

22 any determination of the functions that are transferred 

23 under this title. 

24 (c) TRANSITION PROVISIONS.—
130

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) EXERCISE OF AUTHORITIES.—Except as oth2 erwise provided by law, the Board of Governors may, 

3 for purposes of performing a function that is trans4 ferred to the Agency by this title, exercise all authori5 ties under any other provision of law that were avail6 able with respect to the performance of that function 

7 to the official responsible for the performance of that 

8 function on the day before the effective date specified 

9 in section 540. 

10 (2) AUTHORITIES TO WIND UP AFFAIRS.—

11 (A) The Director of the Office of Manage12 ment and Budget may take such actions as the 

13 Director of the Office of Management and Budget 

14 considers necessary to wind up any outstanding 

15 affairs of the Broadcasting Board of Governors 

16 and the International Broadcasting Bureau asso17 ciated with the functions that are transferred 

18 pursuant to subsection (a). 

19 (B) The Director of the Office of Manage20 ment and Budget may take such actions as the 

21 Director of the Office of Management and Budget 

22 considers necessary to wind up any outstanding 

23 affairs of the Broadcasting Board of Governors 

24 and the International Broadcasting Bureau asso-
131

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ciated with the functions that are transferred 

2 pursuant to subsection (a). 

3 (3) TRANSFER OF ASSETS.—Any property, 

4 records, unexpended balances of appropriations, allo5 cations, and other funds employed, used, held, avail6 able, or to be made available in connection with a 

7 function transferred to the Agency by this Act are 

8 transferred on the effective date specified in section 

9 540. 

10 SEC. 537. CONFORMING AMENDMENTS. 

11 (a) UNITED STATES INTERNATIONAL BROADCASTING

12 ACT OF 1994.—The United States International Broad13 casting Act of 1994 is amended as follows: 

14 (1) Section 308 (22 U.S.C. 6207) is amended—

15 (A) in subsection (a)—

16 (i) by striking ‘‘The Board’’ and in17 serting ‘‘The Agency’’; and 

18 (ii) in paragraph (1) by striking 

19 ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and in20 serting ‘‘Board Governors of the Inter21 national Broadcasting Agency’’; 

22 (B) in subsection (b)—

23 (i) by striking paragraph (2); 

24 (ii) by striking ‘‘(1)’’; and 
132

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (iii) by striking ‘‘Board’’ both places it 

2 appears and inserting ‘‘Agency’’; 

3 (C) in subsections (c), (d), (g), (h), and (i) 

4 by striking ‘‘Board’’ each place it appears and 

5 inserting ‘‘Agency’’; 

6 (D) in subsection (g)(4) by striking ‘‘Inter7 national Broadcasting Bureau’’ and inserting 

8 ‘‘Agency’’; and 

9 (E) in subsections (i) and (j) by striking 

10 ‘‘and the Foreign Service’’ each place it appears. 

11 (2) Section 309 (22 U.S.C. 6208) is amended—

12 (A) in subsection (c)(1) by striking ‘‘Board’’ 

13 both places it appears and inserting ‘‘Agency’’; 

14 (B) by striking subsection (e); 

15 (C) in subsections (f) and (g) by striking 

16 ‘‘Board’’ each place it appears and inserting 

17 ‘‘Agency’’; and 

18 (D) in subsection (g) by striking ‘‘Chair19 man of the Board’’ and inserting ‘‘Agency’’. 

20 (3) By striking section 311 (22 U.S.C. 6210). 

21 (4) In section 313 (22 U.S.C. 6212) by striking 

22 ‘‘Board’’ and inserting ‘‘Agency’’. 

23 (5) In section 314 (22 U.S.C. 6213) by striking 

24 paragraph (2). 

25 (6) By striking section 315. 
133

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) CUBAN LIBERTY AND DEMOCRATIC SOLIDARITY

2 (LIBERTAD) ACT OF 1996.—Section 107 of the Cuban 

3 Liberty and Democratic Solidarity (LIBERTAD) Act of 

4 1996 (22 U.S.C. 6037) is amended in subsections (a) and 

5 (b) by striking ‘‘International Broadcasting Bureau’’ each 

6 place it appears and inserting ‘‘United States International 

7 Broadcasting Agency’’. 

8 (c) RADIO BROADCASTING TO CUBA ACT.—The Radio 

9 Broadcasting to Cuba Act (22 U.S.C. 1465 et seq.) is 

10 amended as follows: 

11 (1) In section 3 (22 U.S.C. 1465a) as follows: 

12 (A) In the section heading by striking 

13 ‘‘BROADCASTING BOARD OF GOV14 ERNORS’’ and inserting ‘‘UNITED STATES 

15 INTERNATIONAL BROADCASTING AGEN16 CY’’. 

17 (B) In subsection (a) by striking ‘‘the 

18 ‘Board’)’’ and inserting ‘‘the ‘Agency’)’’. 

19 (C) In subsections (a), (d), and (f) by strik20 ing ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and in21 serting ‘‘United States International Broad22 casting Agency’’. 

23 (2) In section 4 (22 U.S.C. 1465b) as follows: 

24 (A) In the first sentence by striking ‘‘The’’ 

25 and all that follows through ‘‘Bureau’’ and in-
134

•HR 1950 RH 

1 serting: ‘‘The Board of Governors of the United 

2 States International Broadcasting Agency shall 

3 establish within the Agency’’. 

4 (B) In the third sentence by striking 

5 ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and insert6 ing ‘‘Board of Governors of the United States 

7 International Broadcasting Agency’’. 

8 (C) In the fourth sentence by striking 

9 ‘‘Board of the International Broadcasting Bu10 reau’’ and inserting ‘‘Board of Governors of the 

11 United States International Broadcasting Agen12 cy’’. 

13 (3) In section 5 (22 U.S.C. 1465c) as follows: 

14 (A) In subsection (b) by striking ‘‘Broad15 casting Board of Governors’’ and inserting 

16 ‘‘Board of Governors of the United States Inter17 national Broadcasting Agency’’. 

18 (B) By striking ‘‘Board’’ each place it ap19 pears and inserting ‘‘Advisory Board’’. 

20 (4) In section 6 (22 U.S.C. 1465d) as follows: 

21 (A) In subsection (a) by striking ‘‘Broad22 casting Board of Governors’’ and inserting 

23 ‘‘United States International Broadcasting 

24 Agency’’ and by striking ‘‘Board’’ and inserting
135

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘Board of Directors of the United States Inter2 national Broadcasting Agency’’. 

3 (B) In subsection (b) by striking ‘‘Board’’ 

4 and inserting ‘‘United States International 

5 Broadcasting Agency’’. 

6 (5) In section 7 (22 U.S.C. 1465e) by striking 

7 ‘‘Board’’ in subsections (b) and (d) and inserting 

8 ‘‘United States International Broadcasting Agency’’. 

9 (6) In section 8(a) (22 U.S.C. 1465f(a)), by 

10 striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and in11 serting ‘‘United States International Broadcasting 

12 Agency’’. 

13 (d) TELEVISION BROADCASTING TO CUBA ACT.—The 

14 Television Broadcasting to Cuba Act (22 U.S.C. 1465aa 

15 note) is amended as follows: 

16 (1) Section 243(a) (22 U.S.C. 1465bb) is amend17 ed by striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ 

18 and inserting ‘‘United States International Broad19 casting Agency’’. 

20 (2) Section 244 (22 U.S.C. 1465cc) is amended 

21 as follows: 

22 (A) In subsection (a) by amending the third 

23 sentence to read as follows: ‘‘The Board of Gov24 ernors of the United States International Broad25 casting Agency shall appoint a head of the Serv-
136

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ice who shall report directly to the Board of Gov2 ernors.’’. 

3 (B) In subsection (b) by striking ‘‘Board’’ 

4 and inserting ‘‘United States International 

5 Broadcasting Agency’’. 

6 (C) In subsection (c) by striking ‘‘The 

7 Board’’ and inserting ‘‘The Agency’’ and by 

8 striking ‘‘Board determines’’ and inserting 

9 ‘‘Board of Governors of the United States Inter10 national Broadcasting Agency determines’’. 

11 (3) In section 246 (22 U.S.C. 1465dd) by strik12 ing ‘‘United States Information Agency’’ and insert13 ing ‘‘United States International Broadcasting Agen14 cy’’ and by striking ‘‘Board’’ and inserting ‘‘Board of 

15 Governors of the United States International Broad16 casting Agency’’. 

17 (e) UNITED STATES INFORMATION AND EDUCATIONAL

18 EXCHANGE ACT OF 1948.—The United States Information 

19 and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 (22 U.S.C. 1431 

20 et seq.) is amended—

21 (1) in section 505 (22 U.S.C. 1464a), by striking 

22 ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ each place it ap23 pears and inserting ‘‘United States International 

24 Broadcasting Agency’’; and 

25 (2) in section 506(c) (22 U.S.C. 1464b(c))—
137

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (A) by striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of 

2 Governors’’ and inserting ‘‘United States Inter3 national Broadcasting Agency’’; and 

4 (B) by striking ‘‘Board’’ and inserting 

5 ‘‘Agency’’. 

6 (f) FOREIGN SERVICE ACT OF 1980.—The Foreign 

7 Service Act of 1980 (22 U.S.C. 3901 et seq.) is amended—

8 (1) in section 202(a)(1) (22 U.S.C. 3922(a)(1)), 

9 by striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and 

10 inserting ‘‘United States International Broadcasting 

11 Agency’’; 

12 (2) in section 210 (22 U.S.C. 3930), by striking 

13 ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and inserting 

14 ‘‘United States International Broadcasting Agency’’; 

15 (3) in section 1003(a) (22 U.S.C. 4103(a)), by 

16 striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and in17 serting ‘‘United States International Broadcasting 

18 Agency’’; and 

19 (4) in section 1101(c) (22 U.S.C. 4131(c)), by 

20 striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors,’’ and in21 serting ‘‘the United States International Broadcasting 

22 Agency,’’. 

23 (g) STATE DEPARTMENT BASIC AUTHORITIES ACT OF

24 1956.—The State Department Basic Authorities Act of 

25 1956 (22 U.S.C. 2651a et seq.) is amended—
138

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) in section 23(a) (22 U.S.C. 2695(a)), by 

2 striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors,’’ and in3 serting ‘‘United States International Broadcasting 

4 Agency,’’; 

5 (2) in section 25(f) (22 U.S.C. 2697(f))—

6 (A) by striking ‘‘Broadcasting Board of 

7 Governors’’ and inserting ‘‘United States Inter8 national Broadcasting Agency’’; and 

9 (B) by striking ‘‘the Board and the Agency’’ 

10 and inserting ‘‘their respective agencies’’; 

11 (3) in section 26(b) (22 U.S.C. 2698(b))—

12 (A) by striking ‘Broadcasting Board of Gov13 ernors,’’ and inserting ‘‘United States Inter14 national Broadcasting Agency’’; and 

15 (B) by striking ‘‘the Board and the Agency’’ 

16 and inserting ‘‘their respective agencies’’; and 

17 (4) in section 32 (22 U.S.C. 2704), by striking 

18 ‘‘Broadcasting Board of Governors’’ and inserting 

19 ‘‘United States International Broadcasting Agency’’. 

20 (h) TITLE 5, UNITED STATES CODE.—

21 (1) Section 5314 of title 5, United States Code, 

22 is amended by adding at the end the following: ‘‘Di23 rector, United States International Broadcasting 

24 Agency.’’. 
139

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) Section 5315 of title 5, United States Code, 

2 is amended by striking ‘‘Director of the International 

3 Broadcasting Bureau.’’. 

4 SEC. 538. REFERENCES. 

5 Except as otherwise provided in this subtitle or an 

6 amendment made by this subtitle, any reference in any stat7 ute, reorganization plan, Executive order, regulation, agree8 ment, determination, or other official document or pro9 ceeding to the Broadcasting Board of Governors and the 

10 International Broadcasting Bureau or any other officer or 

11 employee of the Broadcasting Board of Governors or the 

12 International Broadcasting Bureau shall be deemed to refer 

13 to the United States International Broadcasting Agency or 

14 the Board of Governors of the United States International 

15 Broadcasting Agency established under this subtitle. 

16 SEC. 539. BROADCASTING STANDARDS. 

17 Section 303(a) of the United States International 

18 Broadcasting Act of 1994 (22 U.S.C. 6202(a)) is amend19 ed—

20 (1) in paragraph (6) by striking ‘‘and’’; 

21 (2) in paragraph (8) by striking the period and 

22 inserting ‘‘; and’’; and 

23 (3) by adding after paragraph (8) the following 

24 new paragraph:
140

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(9) seek to ensure that resources are allocated to 

2 broadcasts directed at people whose governments deny 

3 freedom of expression or who are otherwise in special 

4 need of honest and professional broadcasting, com5 mensurate with the need for such broadcasts.’’. 

6 SEC. 540. EFFECTIVE DATE. 

7 Except as otherwise provided, this subtitle and the 

8 amendments made by this subtitle shall take effect on the 

9 last day of the 6-month period beginning on the date of 

10 the enactment of this Act.

11 TITLE VI—INTERNATIONAL FREE 

12 MEDIA ACT OF 2003

13 SEC. 601. SHORT TITLE. 

14 This title may be cited as the ‘‘International Free 

15 Media Act of 2003’’. 

16 SEC. 602. DEFINITIONS. 

17 In this title, the term ‘‘free media’’ means individuals 

18 or organizations engaged in the gathering and distribution 

19 of news and information free of direct or indirect govern20 mental control. 

21 SEC. 603. FINDINGS. 

22 The Congress makes the following findings: 

23 (1) Freedom of speech and freedom of the press 

24 are fundamental human rights enshrined in inter25 national law. 
141

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) The United States has a national interest in 

2 promoting these freedoms by supporting free media 

3 abroad, which is essential to the development of free 

4 and democratic societies consistent with our own. 

5 (3) Free media is undermined, endangered, or 

6 nonexistent in many repressive and transitional soci7 eties around the world, including in Eurasia, Africa, 

8 and the Middle East. 

9 (4) Free media is suppressed by foreign govern10 ments by a variety of means, including state censor11 ship, legal restriction, financial pressure, and phys12 ical intimidation. 

13 (5) Unprofessional and unethical media that vio14 late widely accepted standards of professional jour15 nalism and editorial practice compromises the ability 

16 of a free media to contribute to open, fair, and con17 structive democratic debate. 

18 (6) Unprofessional and unethical media includes 

19 media that violate the standards set in the Inter20 national Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, 

21 which includes article 20, section 2 of the Covenant 

22 which states that ‘‘Any advocacy of national, racial, 

23 or religious hatred that constitutes incitement to dis24 crimination, hostility, or violence shall be prohibited 

25 by law.’’. 
142

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (7) Individuals lacking access to a plurality of 

2 free media are vulnerable to misinformation and 

3 propaganda and are potentially more likely to adopt 

4 anti-American views. 

5 (8) Foreign governments have a responsibility to 

6 actively and publicly discourage and rebut unpro7 fessional and unethical media while respecting jour8 nalistic integrity and editorial independence. 

9 (9) Past and continuing United States Govern10 ment efforts to promote free media through training 

11 and technical support have advanced United States 

12 national interests by contributing to the promotion of 

13 human rights and democracy worldwide. 

14 (10) Support for free media must be an integral 

15 part of United States foreign policy, including public 

16 diplomacy and United States international broad17 casting, and should be coordinated across government 

18 agencies and with international, bilateral, and pri19 vate donor organizations toward achieving the shared 

20 goal of developing professional, ethical, diversified, 

21 sustainable, independent, indigenous media world22 wide. 

23 SEC. 604. STATEMENTS OF POLICY. 

24 It shall be the policy of the United States, acting 

25 through the Secretary of State, to—
143

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) make the promotion of press freedoms and 

2 free media worldwide a priority of United States for3 eign policy and an integral component of United 

4 States public diplomacy; 

5 (2) respect the journalistic integrity and edi6 torial independence of free media worldwide; 

7 (3) use widely accepted standards for profes8 sional and ethical journalistic and editorial practices 

9 in assessing international media; and 

10 (4) discourage incitement to discrimination, hos11 tility, or violence, based on nationality, race, or reli12 gion, as described in article 20, section 2, of the Inter13 national Covenant on Civil and Political Rights, and 

14 develop a strategy to respond to it. 

15 SEC. 605. COORDINATOR FOR INTERNATIONAL FREE 

16 MEDIA. 

17 (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established within the 

18 Department of State a Coordinator for International Free 

19 Media (in this section referred to as the ‘‘Coordinator’’). 

20 At the discretion of the President another official at the De21 partment of State may serve as the Coordinator. 

22 (b) APPOINTMENT OF COORDINATOR.—The Coordi23 nator shall be appointed by the President, by and with the 

24 advice and consent of the Senate. 
144

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (c) DUTIES.—The principal duties of the Coordinator 

2 shall be the promotion of international press freedoms and 

3 free media by—

4 (1) coordinating United States government poli5 cies, programs, and projects concerning international 

6 press freedoms and free media; 

7 (2) in consultation with appropriate agencies of 

8 the United States Government and national and 

9 international organizations, monitoring and assessing 

10 the status of free media and government controlled 

11 sources of information, including for incitement of 

12 national, racial, or religious hatred that constitutes 

13 incitement to discrimination, hostility, or violence, as 

14 described in article 20 of the International Covenant 

15 on Civil and Political Rights; 

16 (3) promoting widely accepted standards of pro17 fessional and ethical journalism and editorial prac18 tices; 

19 (4) discouraging media and government con20 trolled sources of information from advocating na21 tional, racial, or religious hatred that constitutes in22 citement to discrimination, hostility, or violence con23 sistent with article 20, section 2 of the International 

24 Covenant on Civil and Political Rights;
145

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (5) reporting foreign media that advocates na2 tional, racial, or religious hatred that constitutes in3 citement to discrimination, hostility, or violence con4 sistent with article 20, section 2, of the International 

5 Covenant on Civil and Political Rights and making 

6 available to the public and to the United States Agen7 cy for International Broadcasting translations of such 

8 media to the extent practicable; 

9 (6) promoting the journalistic integrity and edi10 torial independence of free media worldwide; 

11 (7) advising the President and the Secretary of 

12 State regarding matters of international press free13 doms and free media; 

14 (8) representing the United States in matters 

15 and cases relevant to international press freedoms 

16 and free media; 

17 (9) assisting the Secretary of State in preparing 

18 the portions of the Department of State country re19 ports on human rights that relate to international 

20 press freedoms and free media and incitement to acts 

21 of discrimination; 

22 (10) consulting with the Broadcasting Board of 

23 Governors and the United States Agency for Inter24 national Development for the purpose of promoting 
146

•HR 1950 RH 

1 free media through training of international journal2 ists, producers, editors, and media managers; and 

3 (11) administering the International Free Media 

4 Fund (established in section 607) in consultation with 

5 the United States Advisory Commission on Public Di6 plomacy and International Media. 

7 (d) ASSESSMENT FACTORS.—In making an assessment 

8 of media within individual countries pursuant to sub9 section (c)(2), the Coordinator shall take into account—

10 (1) the number and diversity of media; 

11 (2) access to and consumption of media by popu12 lations; 

13 (3) the extent of direct or indirect government 

14 ownership, control, or censorship of media outlets; 

15 (4) the financial viability and profitability of 

16 free media; 

17 (5) the extent to which journalists, editors, and 

18 media managers adhere to widely accepted standards 

19 for professional and ethical journalism; 

20 (6) domestic laws addressing press freedoms; 

21 (7) instances in which the media and govern22 ment-controlled sources of information have incited 

23 discrimination, hostility, or violence consistent with 

24 article 20, section 2 of the International Covenant on 

25 Civil and Political Rights; 
147

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (8) physical threats, intimidation or inappro2 priate pressure by government on free media; 

3 (9) the number of journalists, editors, producers, 

4 and media managers receiving training from pro5 grams of the Department of State, the Broadcasting 

6 Board of Governors, grantees of the United States 

7 Agency for International Development, or other orga8 nizations qualified to provide such training; and 

9 (10) the activity of local and international non10 governmental organizations promoting press freedoms 

11 and free media and obstacles to their activity. 

12 (e) CONSULTATION REQUIREMENT.—The Coordinator 

13 shall consult with United States public affairs officers and 

14 other United States foreign mission personnel directly en15 gaged in interacting with indigenous media in carrying out 

16 the duties specified in subsection (c). 

17 (f) DETERMINATION.—The Coordinator shall deter18 mine, and annually report to the appropriate congressional 

19 committees, whether there is a pattern of government-con20 trolled information that constitutes incitement (as described 

21 in article 20 of the International Covenant on Civil and 

22 Political Rights) and that endangers United States citizens 

23 or nationals, impairs relations between the United States 

24 and the foreign government, or constitutes incitement to na25 tional, racial, or religious discrimination, hostility, or vio-
148

•HR 1950 RH 

1 lence. The Coordinator shall specify the governments en2 gaged in such practices and examples of such incitement 

3 and propaganda. 

4 (g) FUNDING.—The Secretary of State shall ensure 

5 that the Coordinator has adequate staff and funding for the 

6 conduct of investigations, the administration of the Inter7 national Free Media Fund, necessary travel, and other ac8 tivities necessary to carry out the provisions of this section. 

9 SEC. 606. UNITED STATES ADVISORY COMMISSION ON PUB10 LIC DIPLOMACY AND INTERNATIONAL MEDIA. 

11 (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—Section 604(a)(1) of the United 

12 States Information and Educational Exchange Act of 1948 

13 (22 U.S.C. 1469) is amended to read as follows: 

14 ‘‘(1) There is established an advisory commission 

15 to be known as the United States Advisory Commis16 sion on Public Diplomacy and International Media.’’. 

17 (b) DUTIES AND RESPONSIBILITIES.—Section 604(c) 

18 of the United States Information and Exchange Act of 1948 

19 (22 U.S.C. 1469) is amended by adding at the end the fol20 lowing: 

21 ‘‘(5) The Commission shall—

22 ‘‘(A) advise the Coordinator for Inter23 national Free Media on issues relating to the 

24 promotion of international press freedoms and 

25 free media; 
149

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(B) assist the Coordinator for Inter2 national Free Media in monitoring and assess3 ing the status of free media worldwide; 

4 ‘‘(C) consult with the Coordinator on the 

5 administration of the International Free Media 

6 Fund; and 

7 ‘‘(D) make policy recommendations to the 

8 President, the Secretary of State, and Congress 

9 with respect to matters involving international 

10 press freedoms and free media.’’. 

11 (c) REFERENCES.—Except as otherwise provided in 

12 this section or an amendment made by this section, any 

13 reference in any statute, reorganization plan, Executive 

14 order, regulation, agreement, determination, or other offi15 cial document or proceeding to the United States Advisory 

16 Commission on Public Diplomacy or any other officer or 

17 employee of the United States Advisory Commission on 

18 Public Diplomacy shall be deemed to refer to the United 

19 States Advisory Commission on Public Diplomacy and 

20 International Media established under this section.–––

21 SEC. 607. INTERNATIONAL FREE MEDIA FUND. 

22 (a) ESTABLISHMENT.—There is established an Inter23 national Free Media Fund (in this section referred to as 

24 the ‘‘Fund’’) at the Department of State. 

25 (b) PURPOSES.—The purposes of the Fund shall be—
150

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) to promote the development of free and inde2 pendent media worldwide which adhere to widely ac3 cepted standards of professional and ethical jour4 nalism and editorial practice; and 

5 (2) to complement current efforts by the Depart6 ment of State, the United States Agency for Inter7 national Development, the Broadcasting Board of 

8 Governors, and other agencies of the United States 

9 Government to support free and independent media 

10 worldwide. 

11 (c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—In addi12 tion to amounts otherwise authorized to be appropriated to 

13 carry out the purposes specified in subsection (b), there is 

14 authorized to be appropriated to the Fund $15,000,000 for 

15 fiscal year 2004. Such amounts are authorized to remain 

16 available until expended. 

17 (d) NONAPPLICABILITY OF OTHER LAWS.—Notwith18 standing any other provision of law, funds appropriated 

19 pursuant to subsection (c) may be used for the purposes of 

20 this section. 

21 (e) ADMINISTRATION.—

22 (1) The Fund shall be administered by the Coor23 dinator in consultation with the Commission. 
151

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) Activities and assistance financed through 

2 the Fund may be carried out through grants, con3 tracts, technical assistance, and material support. 

4 (f) ELIGIBLE ORGANIZATIONS, PROGRAMS, AND

5 PROJECTS.—Amounts in the Fund may be used to carry 

6 out activities and provide assistance only for organizations, 

7 programs, and projects consistent with the purposes set 

8 forth in subsection (b). 

9 (g) PROHIBITIONS.—Amounts in the Fund shall not 

10 be used to carry out activities or provide assistance to orga11 nizations, programs, or projects which advocate national, 

12 racial, or religious hatred that incites discrimination, hos13 tility, or violence consistent with article 20, section 2 of 

14 the International Covenant on Civil and Political Rights. 

15 (h) ASSISTANCE CRITERIA.—In administering the 

16 Fund, the Coordinator shall take into account—

17 (1) the importance of providing assistance to or18 ganizations, programs, and projects based on their 

19 proven or potential contribution to the development of 

20 a free media environment worldwide; 

21 (2) the importance of enabling free media to be22 come commercially viable and financially inde23 pendent in the long term; and 

24 (3) the importance of providing media personnel 

25 whose organizations, programs, or projects receive as-
152

•HR 1950 RH 

1 sistance under this section for training in professional 

2 and ethical journalism, editorial practices, and media 

3 management by the Department of State, the Broad4 casting Board of Governors, United States Agency for 

5 International Development grantees, or other organi6 zations qualified to provide such training. 

7 (i) ANNUAL REPORTS.—Not later than January 31, 

8 of 2005 and in each subsequent year, the Coordinator shall 

9 publish an annual report on the activities of the Fund, 

10 which shall include a comprehensive and detailed descrip11 tion of the operations, activities, financial condition, and 

12 accomplishments under this section for the preceding fiscal 

13 year. The reports shall also include an assessment of wheth14 er the Fund should also provide loans and guarantees as 

15 an additional means to carry out the purposes of this title. 

16 (j) CONSULTATION REQUIREMENTS.—

17 (1) The Coordinator shall consult with the State 

18 Department official primarily responsible for devel19 oping and implementing United States policy with 

20 respect to a country prior to carrying out activities 

21 or providing assistance for such country through the 

22 Fund. 

23 (2) Amounts in the Fund shall be used to carry 

24 out activities or provide assistance on the basis of 

25 consultations among all relevant United States Gov-
153

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ernment agencies operating in the country and with 

2 the approval of the chief of mission. 

3 SEC. 608. FREE MEDIA PROMOTION ACTIVITY OF THE 

4 BROADCASTING BOARD OF GOVERNORS. 

5 (a) IN GENERAL.—The Broadcasting Board of Gov6 ernors shall make support for indigenous free media an in7 tegral part of its mission. 

8 (b) AFFILIATES.—The Broadcasting Board of Gov9 ernors shall submit a report to the appropriate congres10 sional committees on the prospects and strategy for culti11 vating affiliate relationships with free media in countries 

12 targeted for United States international broadcasting. 

13 (c) TRAINING.—The Broadcasting Board of Governors 

14 shall enhance foreign journalist training programs in co15 ordination with existing training programs administered 

16 by the Department of State and the United States Agency 

17 for International Development. 

18 (d) AUTHORIZATION FOR APPROPRIATIONS.—In addi19 tion to amounts otherwise authorized to be appropriated, 

20 there is authorized to be appropriated $2,500,000 for the 

21 fiscal year 2004 and $2,500,000 for the fiscal year 2005 

22 to support free media in countries in which the Broad23 casting Board of Governors is decreasing or discontinuing 

24 United States international broadcasting activity. 
154

•HR 1950 RH 

1 TITLE VII—MISCELLANEOUS 

2 PROVISIONS 

3 Subtitle A—Reporting 

4 Requirements

5 SEC. 701. REPORTS ON BENCHMARKS FOR BOSNIA. 

6 (a) Section 7 of the 1998 Supplemental Appropria7 tions and Rescissions Act (Public Law 105–174, 112 Stat. 

8 64) is amended—

9 (1) at the end of paragraph (1) by striking ‘‘; 

10 and’’ and inserting a period; 

11 (2) by striking ‘‘Congress’’ and all that follows 

12 through ‘‘not later’’ and inserting ‘‘Congress not 

13 later’’; and 

14 (3) by striking paragraph (2). 

15 (b) Section 1203 of the Strom Thurmond National De16 fense Authorization Act for Fiscal Year 1999 (Public Law 

17 105–261) is repealed.

18 SEC. 702 701. REPORTS TO COMMITTEE ON INTERNATIONAL 

19 RELATIONS.

20 Notwithstanding any other provision of law, for the 

21 fiscal years 2004 and 2005, any report required by law or 

22 otherwise requested to be submitted by the Secretary of State 

23 or the Department of State to any committee of the Congress 

24 shall be submitted also to the Committee on International 

25 Relations of the House of Representatives.
155

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 703 702. REPORTS CONCERNING THE CAPTURE AND 

2 PROSECUTION OF PARAMILITARY AND OTHER 

3 TERRORIST LEADERS IN COLOMBIA.

4 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

5 findings: 

6 (1) As reported in the Department of State re7 port Patterns of Global Terrorism 2001, the United 

8 Self-Defense Forces of Colombia (also referred to as 

9 ‘‘AUC’’ or ‘‘paramilitaries’’) have been designated as 

10 a foreign terrorist organization by the United States 

11 primarily because of their increasing reliance on ter12 rorist methods, such as the use of massacres, to pur13 posefully displace segments of the population as retal14 iation for allegedly supporting the AUC’s rival orga15 nizations, the Revolutionary Armed Forces of Colom16 bia (FARC) and the National Liberation Army 

17 (ELN) of Colombia. According to the report, the 

18 paramilitaries also use terrorist tactics to compete for 

19 narcotics-trafficking corridors and prime coca-grow20 ing terrain. 

21 (2) The Department of State concluded in the 

22 2001 Country Report on Human Rights Practices 

23 that despite increased efforts by the Government of 

24 Colombia to combat and capture members of para25 military groups, security forces sometimes illegally 

26 collaborate with paramilitaries forces and often fail to 
156

•HR 1950 RH 

1 take action to prevent paramilitary attacks which 

2 lead to serious abuses of human rights. 

3 (3) In September 2002, Amnesty International, 

4 Human Rights Watch, and the Washington Office on 

5 Latin America released a report which argued that 

6 the Colombian Government had not made substantial 

7 progress toward suspending officers implicated in 

8 human rights abuses, conducting effective judicial in9 vestigations of such abuses, or breaking the persistent 

10 links between some units of the Colombian military 

11 and paramilitary groups. 

12 (4) In February 2003, the United Nations High 

13 Commissioner for Human Rights in Colombia re14 ported that some units of the Colombian Security 

15 Forces continued to collude openly with illegal para16 military groups in operations which resulted in viola17 tions of human rights. 

18 (5) The Consolidated Appropriations Resolution, 

19 2003 (Public Law 108–7) made available not less 

20 than $5,000,000 to support a Colombian Armed 

21 Forces unit which is dedicated to apprehending lead22 ers of Colombian paramilitary organizations. 

23 (b) REPORTS TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 30 days 

24 after the date of enactment of this Act, and every 180 days 

25 thereafter, the Secretary of State, after consulting with 
157

•HR 1950 RH 

1 internationally recognized human rights organizations pur2 suant to the procedures required in section 564(b) of the 

3 Consolidated Appropriations Resolution, 2003, shall submit 

4 a report, in unclassified form (with a classified annex if 

5 necessary), on the specific measures that the Colombian au6 thorities are taking to apprehend effectively and prosecute 

7 aggressively leaders of paramilitary organizations, to the 

8 Committee on International Relations of the House of Rep9 resentatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the 

10 Senate. 

11 (c) CONTENTS OF REPORTS.—Each report submitted 

12 pursuant to subsection (b) shall—

13 (1) identify which Colombian Armed Forces 

14 units are receiving assistance to apprehend leaders of 

15 Colombian paramilitary organizations; 

16 (2) describe the amount and purposes of such as17 sistance; 

18 (3) describe operations by Colombian security 

19 forces to apprehend and arrest leaders of Colombian 

20 paramilitary organizations; 

21 (4) list the number of detentions, captures, and 

22 arrests of leaders of Colombian paramilitary organi23 zations, disaggregating the number according to those 

24 detentions, captures, and arrests which were carried 
158

•HR 1950 RH 

1 out by Colombian security forces identified under 

2 paragraph (1); 

3 (5) briefly describe the status of investigations 

4 and prosecutions of cases by the Colombian Attorney 

5 General’s office involving the arrests of leaders of Co6 lombian paramilitary organizations; and 

7 (6) estimate the number of hours of use by the 

8 Colombian military of helicopters provided by the 

9 United States under Plan Colombia and successor 

10 programs to apprehend the leaders of Colombian 

11 paramilitary organizations, as well as leaders of the 

12 FARC and ELN, including those individuals who 

13 have United States indictments pending against 

14 them.

15 SEC. 704 703. REPORTS RELATING TO MAGEN DAVID ADOM 

16 SOCIETY.

17 (a) FINDINGS.—Section 690(a) of the Foreign Rela18 tions Authorization Act, Fiscal Year 2003 (Public Law 

19 107–228) is amended by adding at the end the following: 

20 ‘‘(5) Since the founding of the Magen David 

21 Adom in 1930, the American Red Cross has regarded 

22 it as a sister national society forging close working 

23 ties between the two societies and has consistently ad24 vocated recognition and membership of the Magen 
159

•HR 1950 RH 

1 David Adom in the International Red Cross and Red 

2 Crescent Movement. 

3 ‘‘(6) The American Red Cross and Magen David 

4 Adom signed an important memorandum of under5 standing in November 2002, outlining areas for stra6 tegic collaboration, and the American Red Cross will 

7 encourage other societies to establish similar agree8 ments with Magen David Adom.’’. 

9 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—Section 690(b) of such Act 

10 is amended—

11 (1) in paragraph (3) after the semicolon by 

12 striking ‘‘and’’; 

13 (2) by redesignating paragraph (4) as para14 graph (5); and 

15 (3) by inserting after paragraph (3) the fol16 lowing new paragraph: 

17 ‘‘(4) the High Contracting Parties to the Geneva 

18 Conventions of August 12, 1949, should adopt the Oc19 tober 12, 2000, draft additional protocol which would 

20 accord international recognition to an additional dis21 tinctive emblem; and’’. 

22 (c) REPORT.—Section 690 of such Act is further 

23 amended by adding at the end the following: 

24 ‘‘(c) REPORT.—Not later than 60 days after the date 

25 of the enactment of the Foreign Relations Authorization
160

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Act, Fiscal Years 2004 and 2005 and annually thereafter, 

2 the Secretary of State shall submit a report, on a classified 

3 basis if necessary, to the appropriate congressional commit4 tees describing—

5 ‘‘(1) efforts by the United States to obtain full 

6 membership for the Magen David Adom in the Inter7 national Red Cross Movement; 

8 ‘‘(2) efforts by the International Committee of 

9 the Red Cross to obtain full membership for the 

10 Magen David Adom in the International Red Cross 

11 Movement; 

12 ‘‘(3) efforts of the High Contracting Parties to 

13 the Geneva Convention of 1949 to adopt the October 

14 12, 2000, draft additional protocol; and 

15 ‘‘(4) the extent to which the Magen David Adom 

16 of Israel is participating in the activities of the Inter17 national Red Cross and Red Crescent Movement.’’.

18 SEC. 705 704. REPORT CONCERNING THE RETURN OF POR19 TRAITS OF HOLOCAUST VICTIMS TO THE ART20 IST DINA BABBITT.

21 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

22 findings: 

23 (1) Dina Babbitt (formerly known as Dinah 

24 Gottliebova), a United States citizen, has requested 

25 the return of watercolor portraits she painted while 
161

•HR 1950 RH 

1 suffering a one and one-half year long internment at 

2 the Auschwitz death camp during World War II, 

3 where she was ordered to paint portraits by the infa4 mous war criminal Dr. Josef Mengele. 

5 (2) Congress has previously considered the issue, 

6 under the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal 

7 Year 2003 (Public Law 107–228), and urged the Ad8 ministration to facilitate the return of the paintings 

9 to Dina Babbitt. 

10 (3) The Administration has not yet reported any 

11 progress in furthering this goal, nor has the Secretary 

12 reported on the status of any negotiations held with 

13 the intent of furthering this goal. 

14 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—The Congress—

15 (1) continues to recognize the moral right of 

16 Dina Babbitt to obtain the artwork she created, and 

17 recognizes her courage in the face of the evils per18 petrated by the Nazi command of the Auschwitz19 Birkenau death camp, including the atrocities com20 mitted by Dr. Josef Mengele; 

21 (2) urges the President of the United States to 

22 make all necessary efforts to retrieve the 7 watercolor 

23 portraits painted by Dina Babbitt, during her intern24 ment at the Auschwitz death camp; and 
162

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) urges the Secretary of State to make imme2 diate diplomatic efforts to facilitate the transfer of the 

3 7 original watercolors painted by Dina Babbitt from 

4 the Auschwitz-Birkenau State Museum to Dina Bab5 bitt, their rightful owner. 

6 (c) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—Not later than 180 

7 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Sec8 retary of State shall submit a report to the appropriate con9 gressional committees, describing all diplomatic efforts the 

10 United States has taken to facilitate the return of the paint11 ings referred to in this section to Dina Babbitt.

12 SEC. 706 705. REPORT TO CONGRESS ON USE OF VESTED AS13 SETS.

14 Section 203(a) of the International Emergency Eco15 nomic Powers Act (50 U.S.C. 1702(a)) is amended—

16 (1) in subparagraph (C), by inserting ‘‘, subject 

17 to paragraph (4),’’ after ‘‘such interest or property 

18 shall’’; and 

19 (2) by adding at the end the following: 

20 ‘‘(4) The authority under paragraph (1)(C) to use 

21 property that has been vested or to use assets that have been 

22 liquidated may not be exercised until 15 days after the 

23 President has notified the Committee on International Re24 lations of the House of Representatives and the Committee 
163

•HR 1950 RH 

1 on Foreign Relations of the Senate of the purpose for which 

2 such vested property or liquidated assets will be so used.’’.

3 SEC. 707 706. REPORT CONCERNING THE CONFLICT IN 

4 UGANDA.

5 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con6 gress that the United States should— 

7 (1) exhaust all diplomatic means and pressures, 

8 including the creation of a United States role in ne9 gotiating humanitarian access to hitherto inaccessible 

10 populations which would offer an opportunity to 

11 bring the warring parties together to build confidence, 

12 to support an immediate peaceful resolution to the 

13 16-year old conflict in Northern Uganda that has— 

14 (A) killed an estimated 23,000 people, in15 cluding 12,000 civilians, 

16 (B) resulted in the forced abduction, sexual 

17 servitude, and armed recruitment of between 

18 16,000 to 26,000 Ugandan children by the Lord’s 

19 Resistance Army, a renegade army that has in 

20 the past sought refuge in southern Sudan and 

21 raided villages in northern Uganda, 

22 (C) displaced over 800,000 Ugandan citi23 zens and Sudanese refugees, 

24 (D) resulted in the death and abduction of 

25 humanitarian aid workers, and 
164

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (E) gravely inhibited the delivery of emer2 gency assistance and food aid to nearly 1 mil3 lion northern Ugandan civilians dependent on 

4 such assistance for survival; 

5 (2) urge rebel forces to stop the abduction of chil6 dren, urge all forces to stop the use of child soldiers, 

7 and seek the release of all forcibly-held children; 

8 (3) make available technical assistance resources 

9 to seek, track, and stop funding for the Lord’s Resist10 ance Army (LRA) from all sources and condemn all 

11 governments and organizations who do assist the 

12 LRA; 

13 (4) monitor and support negotiations conducted 

14 by third-party institutions for an immediate cease15 fire between the LRA and the Ugandan Government, 

16 and to explore the possibility of facilitating the cre17 ation of mechanisms for an international monitoring 

18 team to enforce this cease-fire as the first step in the 

19 process toward a permanent peace; 

20 (5) continue supporting the Sudan Peace Process 

21 and Danforth Initiative, which includes peace talks, 

22 donor coordination, regional support, civilian protec23 tion and monitoring, and cease-fire verification and 

24 consider modeling aspects of this process in northern 

25 Uganda;
165

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (6) make available sufficient resources to meet 

2 the immediate relief of the towns and cities sup3 porting large displaced populations, including food, 

4 clean water, medicine, shelter, and clothing; 

5 (7) make available increased resources for assist6 ance to released and returned abducted children and 

7 child soldiers and ensure that amnesty is provided 

8 when appropriate; 

9 (8) work with other donors and the Ugandan 

10 Government to increase resources and technical sup11 port to the Uganda Amnesty Commission for the in12 creased demobilization of rebel combatants; 

13 (9) examine ways in which development assist14 ance can help those living in protective villages in 

15 northern Uganda return to and cultivate farmland; 

16 and 

17 (10) condition military assistance to Uganda on 

18 its international compliance with sustained troop 

19 withdrawals from the Democratic Republic of Congo 

20 where the presence of Ugandan armies has contrib21 uted to the violence and instability in the region. 

22 (b) REPORTS TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 180 days 

23 after the date of the enactment of this Act, and not later 

24 than April 1 of each subsequent year, the Secretary shall 

25 submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report 
166

•HR 1950 RH 

1 on the comprehensive actions of the United States in seeking 

2 a peaceful and immediate solution to conflict in northern 

3 Uganda as well as humanitarian assistance efforts to the 

4 region, including efforts to advance each area addressed in 

5 subsection (a).

6 SEC. 708 707. REQUIREMENT FOR REPORT ON UNITED 

7 STATES POLICY TOWARD HAITI.

8 (a) FINDINGS.—Congress makes the following findings: 

9 (1) The United States has a political and eco10 nomic interest and a humanitarian and moral re11 sponsibility in assisting the Government and people 

12 of Haiti in resolving the country’s problems and chal13 lenges. 

14 (2) The situation in Haiti is increasingly cause 

15 for alarm and concern, and a sustained, coherent, 

16 and active approach by the United States Govern17 ment is needed to make progress toward resolving 

18 Haiti’s political and economic crises. 

19 (b) REQUIREMENT FOR REPORT.—Not later than 60 

20 days after the date of enactment of this Act, the Secretary, 

21 in consultation with the Secretary of the Treasury, shall 

22 submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report 

23 that describes United States policy toward Haiti. The re24 port shall include the following: 
167

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) A description of the activities carried out by 

2 the United States Government to resolve Haiti’s polit3 ical crisis and to promote the holding of free and fair 

4 elections in Haiti at the earliest possible date. 

5 (2) A description of the activities that the United 

6 States Government anticipates initiating to resolve 

7 the political crisis and promote free and fair elections 

8 in Haiti. 

9 (3) An assessment of whether Resolution 822 

10 issued by the Permanent Council of the Organization 

11 of American States on September 4, 2002, is an ap12 propriate framework for a multilateral approach to 

13 resolving the political and economic crises in Haiti. 

14 (4) A description of the status of efforts to release 

15 the approximately $146,000,000 in loan funds that 

16 have been approved by the Inter-American Develop17 ment Bank to Haiti for the purposes of rehabilitating 

18 rural roads, reorganizing the health sector, improving 

19 potable water supply and sanitation, and providing 

20 basic education, a description of any obstacles that 

21 are delaying the release of the loan funds, and rec22 ommendations for overcoming such obstacles, includ23 ing whether any of the following would facilitate the 

24 release of such funds: 
168

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (A) Establishing an International Monetary 

2 Fund staff monitoring program in Haiti. 

3 (B) Obtaining bridge loans or other sources 

4 of funding to pay the cost of any arrears owed 

5 by the Government of Haiti to the Inter-Amer6 ican Development Bank. 

7 (C) Providing technical assistance to the 

8 Government of Haiti to permit the Government 

9 to meet international financial transparency 

10 and other requirements.

11 SEC. 709 708. REPORT ON THE EFFECTS OF PLAN COLOMBIA 

12 ON ECUADOR.

13 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

14 findings: 

15 (1) Section 695 of the Foreign Relations Author16 ization Act, Fiscal Year 2003 (Public Law 107–228) 

17 required the Secretary of State to submit a report to 

18 Congress on the impact of Plan Colombia on Ecuador 

19 and the other adjacent countries to Colombia within 

20 150 days after the date of the enactment of that Act. 

21 (2) The 150 day time period for the submission 

22 of such report has lapsed without a report being sub23 mitted to the Congress. 

24 (3) There continues to be growing alarm con25 cerning the spillover effect of Plan Colombia on Ecua-
169

•HR 1950 RH 

1 dor, a frontline state, especially in the northern re2 gion of Ecuador which includes the Sucumbios prov3 ince. 

4 (b) REPORT TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 30 days 

5 after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary 

6 of State shall submit a report to the appropriate congres7 sional committees which sets forth—

8 (A) a statement of policy and comprehen9 sive strategy for United States activities in Co10 lombia related to the impact of Plan Colombia 

11 on Ecuador and the other adjacent countries to 

12 Colombia; and 

13 (B) the reasons for the failure of the Depart14 ment of State to submit the report required by 

15 section 695 of Public Law 107–228 within the 

16 time period mandated by law.

17 SEC. 710 709. REPORT ON ACTIONS TAKEN BY PAKISTAN.

18 For each of fiscal years 2004 and 2005, the President 

19 shall prepare and transmit to the appropriate congressional 

20 committees a report that contains a description of the extent 

21 to which the Government of Pakistan—

22 (1) has closed all known terrorist training camps 

23 operating in Pakistan and Pakistani-held Kashmir;
170

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) has established serious and identifiable meas2 ures to prohibit the infiltration of Islamic extremists 

3 across the ‘‘Line of Control’’ (LoC) into India; and 

4 (3) has ceased the transfer of weapons of mass 

5 destruction, including any associated technologies, to 

6 any third country or terrorist organization.

7 SEC. 711 710. REPORT ON DEMOCRACY IN THE WESTERN 

8 HEMISPHERE.

9 (a) FINDINGS.—Congress finds the following: 

10 (1) Although 34 out of 35 countries in the West11 ern Hemisphere have held elections for civilian lead12 ers of national, regional, and local governments, 

13 many of these countries have failed to successfully de14 velop independent democratic institutions, trans15 parent and accountable governance, and effective 

16 means of guaranteeing the rule of law, which are key 

17 components of a fully functioning democracy. 

18 (2) The rule of law, independent democratic in19 stitutions, and transparent, accountable governance 

20 are essential for guaranteeing human rights, espe21 cially civil, political, and labor rights. 

22 (3) The rule of law, independent democratic in23 stitutions, and transparent accountable governance 

24 are also necessary for promoting successful economic 
171

•HR 1950 RH 

1 development and reliable trading and investment 

2 mechanisms. 

3 (4) In part because of the lack of these three fac4 tors, progress on human rights and economic develop5 ment has lagged or been uneven in much of the West6 ern Hemisphere, leading some to question the benefits 

7 of democracy itself as a path for improving the lives 

8 of individuals in the hemisphere. 

9 (5) For democracy to continue in many of these 

10 countries, for human rights to improve, and for re11 gional economic integration to be successful, the rule 

12 of law, independent democratic institutions, and 

13 transparent accountable governance must be strength14 ened. 

15 (6) As a strong supporter of democracy and 

16 human rights and as an advocate of regional eco17 nomic integration, it is in the interests of the United 

18 States to enhance its efforts to promote a deepening 

19 of democracy in the Western Hemisphere, particularly 

20 through strengthening the rule of law, independent 

21 democratic institutions, and transparent accountable 

22 governance. 

23 (b) REPORT.—Not later than 90 days after the date 

24 of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary, in consultation 

25 with the heads of other Federal departments and agencies 
172

•HR 1950 RH 

1 as necessary, shall prepare and submit to the appropriate 

2 congressional committees a report on the state of democracy 

3 in each country in the Western Hemisphere (other than the 

4 United States and Canada). For each such country, the re5 port shall provide the following: 

6 (1) A description of its system of government, in7 cluding schedule of elections, manner of judicial ap8 pointments, and responsibilities of each branch of 

9 government. 

10 (2) An assessment of—

11 (A) the state of the rule of law; 

12 (B) the power and independence of each 

13 branch of government and institutions; 

14 (C) the transparence and accountability in 

15 governance; and 

16 (D) the effect on human rights, particularly 

17 civil and political rights, caused by the presence 

18 (or lack thereof) of any of the factors in subpara19 graphs (A) through (C); and 

20 (E) the effect on economic development 

21 caused by the presence (or lack thereof) of any of 

22 the factors in subparagraphs (A) through (C). 

23 (3) A description of efforts to strengthen the rule 

24 of law, independent institutions, or transparent gov25 ernance in the country, whether through local efforts 
173

•HR 1950 RH 

1 or through efforts funded or implemented by the 

2 United States, the Organization of American States 

3 (OAS), or others.

4 SEC. 712 711. REPORT CONCERNING INTERNAL AND INTRA5 REGIONAL CONFLICTS IN THE GREAT LAKES 

6 REGION OF AFRICA.

7 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

8 findings: 

9 (1) The Great Lakes region of Central Africa has 

10 a history of colonial based ethnic divisions, political 

11 violence, and civil wars which have perpetuated con12 ditions conducive to chronic poverty and turmoil over 

13 the past decade. The countries of the Great Lakes re14 gion are heavily embroiled in the conflicts within 

15 their neighbors borders. At different times, the war in 

16 the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC) has in17 volved more outside countries than any other contem18 porary war in Africa’s history, (including Angola, 

19 Rwanda, Uganda, Zimbabwe, Burundi, Sudan, 

20 Chad, Namibia, and Central African Republic). 

21 (2) The region is hallmarked by genocide, the re22 cruitment of child soldiers, war crimes, systematic 

23 rape of women and violence directed against children, 

24 corruption, and the illegal exploitation of natural re25 sources on a global scale. Civil wars, conflicts over 
174

•HR 1950 RH 

1 natural resources, and structural violence in the 

2 Great Lakes have resulted in—

3 (A) the death of approximately three mil4 lion people through direct and indirect causes of 

5 the war in the DRC since 1998; 

6 (B) the deaths of at least 800,000 people 

7 during the 1994 genocide in Rwanda; 

8 (C) the deaths of an estimated 300,000 peo9 ple through direct and indirect causes of the war 

10 in Burundi since 1993; 

11 (D) the deaths of thousands in Uganda; 

12 (E) the forced abduction, sexual servitude, 

13 and armed recruitment of thousands of children; 

14 (F) the displacement of millions of Ugan15 dan, Burundian, Congolese, Rwandan, and Su16 danese refugees; 

17 (G) the death and abduction of humani18 tarian aid workers throughout the region; and 

19 (H) grave disruptions in the delivery of 

20 emergency assistance and food aid to millions of 

21 civilians in northern Uganda, eastern Congo, 

22 and Burundi dependent on such assistance for 

23 survival. 

24 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con25 gress that the United States should—
175

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) exhaust all diplomatic means and utilize all 

2 foreign policy instruments to help peacefully resolve 

3 conflicts in the Great Lakes region by supporting both 

4 national and regional political, economic, and social 

5 initiatives conducive to fostering African-led peace, 

6 reconstruction, and political and economic institu7 tional and structural transformation processes in 

8 Uganda, Rwanda, Burundi, and the Democratic Re9 public of Congo; 

10 (2) urge all rebel forces to stop the abduction of 

11 children, urge all armed forces to stop the use of child 

12 soldiers, and seek the release of all forcibly-held chil13 dren; 

14 (3) make available technical assistance resources 

15 to seek, track, and stop funding for all armed extrem16 ist paramilitary and militarist rebel organizations 

17 from all sources and condemn all governments and 

18 organizations who do assist such groups; 

19 (4) monitor and support negotiations conducted 

20 by third-party institutions for an immediate end of 

21 armed actions between: The LRA and the Ugandan 

22 Government; the RCD factions and MLC and the gov23 ernment of Democratic Republic of the Congo under 

24 the terms of the Lusaka Accords; the FDD and the 
176

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Burundian Government under the terms of the 

2 Arusha Accords; 

3 (5) explore the possibility of facilitating the cre4 ation of mechanisms for an international monitoring 

5 team to enforce cease-fires as the first step in the 

6 process toward a permanent peace in the region; 

7 (6) continue supporting the Sudan Peace Proc8 ess, the Danforth Initiative, the Lusaka Accords, and 

9 the Arusha Accords which includes peace talks, donor 

10 coordination, regional support, civilian protection 

11 and monitoring, and cease-fire verification; 

12 (7) make available sufficient resources to meet 

13 the immediate relief needs of the towns and cities in 

14 the Great Lakes region supporting large displaced 

15 populations, including food, clean water, medicine, 

16 shelter, and clothing; 

17 (8) make available increased resources for assist18 ance to released and returned abducted children and 

19 child soldiers in the Great Lakes Region and ensure 

20 that amnesty is provided when appropriate; 

21 (9) work with other donors and the Governments 

22 of Uganda, Burundi, Rwanda, and the Democratic 

23 Republic of Congo to increase resources and technical 

24 support to both regional and national combatant de25 mobilization entities such as the Uganda Amnesty 
177

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Commission in Uganda and equivalent entities in 

2 Burundi, Rwanda, and the Democratic Republic of 

3 Congo for the increased demobilization of rebel com4 batants; 

5 (10) examine ways in which development assist6 ance (DA) can help those living in protective villages 

7 in northern Uganda, eastern Congo, and other demili8 tarized areas in Rwanda and Burundi to return to 

9 and cultivate farmland; 

10 (11) condition military assistance to any nation 

11 which acts to destabilize the DRC by violating inter12 national agreements regarding sustained troop with13 drawals and respect for the territorial integrity of the 

14 DRC; and 

15 (12) direct the Secretary of State to appoint a 

16 special envoy to the Great Lakes region to oversee 

17 cross-cutting security and economic policies in the re18 gion. 

19 (c) REPORTS TO CONGRESS.—Not later than 180 days 

20 after the date of the enactment of this Act, and not later 

21 than April 1 of each subsequent year, the Secretary should 

22 submit to the appropriate congressional committees a report 

23 on the comprehensive actions taken by the United States 

24 in promoting peaceful and immediate solutions to the inter25 nal and intra-regional conflicts in the Great Lakes region, 
178

•HR 1950 RH 

1 including taking steps to bring an end to the illegal exploi2 tation and international trade of natural resources from the 

3 Democratic Republic of Congo; supporting bilateral and 

4 multilateral peace keeping initiatives; the promotion of re5 gional economic integration; the promotion of broad based 

6 democratic political processes based on the rule of law; the 

7 promotion of women and other previously disadvantaged 

8 communities as equal political and economic stakeholders 

9 in societies; and humanitarian assistance efforts in the re10 gion, including efforts to advance each area addressed in 

11 subsection (a). 

12 Subtitle B—Other Matters 

13 SEC. 721. SENSE OF CONGRESS RELATING TO EAST TIMOR, 

14 JUSTICE, AND REHABILITATION. 

15 The Congress—

16 (1) recalls that the United Nations International 

17 Commission of Inquiry concluded in January 2000 

18 that ‘‘the Indonesian Army was responsible for the in19 timidation, terror, killings and other acts of violence’’ 

20 during East Timor’s vote for independence in 1999; 

21 (2) reiterates that justice for crimes against hu22 manity and war crimes committed in East Timor 

23 during the vote for independence in 1999 is crucial 

24 for peace, reconciliation, and the ongoing nation25 building process in East Timor and Indonesia; 
179

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) finds that the ad hoc Human Rights Court 

2 on East Timor established by the Indonesian Govern3 ment in 2001 has inadequately brought to justice the 

4 perpetrators of these crimes as eleven of fourteen de5 fendants have been acquitted as a result of poor in6 dictments and the absence of an adequate witness pro7 tection program, and four of the five sentences im8 posed have been less than the minimum allowed under 

9 the Indonesian Human Rights Law; 

10 (4) supports the work of the Joint United Na11 tions-East Timor Serious Crimes Unit (SCU), which 

12 filed indictments against high-ranking Indonesian of13 ficers who were allegedly involved in the crimes, in14 cluding Gen. Wiranto, Maj. Gen. Kiki Syahnakri, 

15 Maj. Gen. Zacky Anwar Makarim, Maj. Gen. Adam 

16 Damiri, Col. Suratman, Col. Noer Muis, Col. Yayat 

17 Sudrajat and former Governor Abilio Soares, and ex18 presses its strong disappointment that the Indonesian 

19 Government has stated its intention to ignore the in20 dictments; 

21 (5) calls on the State Department and the 

22 United States Mission to the United Nations to push 

23 for a comprehensive United Nations review of the In24 donesian ad hoc Human Rights Court on East 

25 Timor, including a review of the conduct of trials, the
180

•HR 1950 RH 

1 indictment strategy by the prosecutors and its adher2 ence to the international standards, and urges the 

3 State Department to consider alternative mechanisms 

4 of justice for East Timor, including the establishment 

5 of an ad hoc international tribunal; and 

6 (6) urges the Indonesian Government to fully co7 operate with the joint United Nations-East Timor Se8 rious Crimes Unit (SCU) and encourages the United 

9 States to urge the Indonesian Government to fully co10 operate with the SCU. 

11 SEC. 722. SENSE OF CONGRESS CONCERNING HUMAN 

12 RIGHTS AND JUSTICE IN INDONESIA. 

13 The Congress—

14 (1) notes with grave concern that members of the 

15 Indonesian security forces, particularly the Army 

16 Special Forces (Kopassus) and the Police Mobile Bri17 gade (Brimob), continue to commit many serious 

18 human rights violations, including extrajudicial 

19 killings, torture, rape, and arbitrary detention, par20 ticularly in areas of conflict such as Aceh, Papua, the 

21 Moluccas, and Central Sulawesi; 

22 (2) notes with grave concern that the Govern23 ment of Indonesia largely fails to hold soldiers and 

24 police accountable for extrajudicial killings and other 

25 serious human rights abuses, both past and present; 
181

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) condemns the intimidation and harassment 

2 of human rights and civil society organizations and 

3 activists by members of Indonesian security forces 

4 and by military-backed militia groups, particularly 

5 in Aceh and Papua; 

6 (4) notes with concern the Indonesian military’s 

7 resistance to civilian control and oversight, its lack of 

8 budgetary transparency, and its continuing emphasis 

9 on internal security within Indonesia; 

10 (5) urges the Indonesian government and mili11 tary to provide full, active, and unfettered coopera12 tion with the investigation of the Federal Bureau of 

13 Investigation of the United States Department of Jus14 tice into the August 31, 2002 attack near Timika, 

15 Papua, which killed three people (including two 

16 Americans, Rick Spier and Ted Burgon), and injured 

17 12 others, and which appears likely to have been per18 petrated at least in part by members of the Indo19 nesian military; 

20 (6) commends the December 2002 signing of the 

21 Framework Agreement on Cessation of Hostilities in 

22 Aceh, but condemns the recent outbreaks of violence 

23 and militia activity that appear calculated to subvert 

24 that cease-fire agreement; 
182

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (7) notes with grave concern the continued deten2 tion of Muhammad Nazar, and the fact that those re3 sponsible for the murders of other prominent members 

4 of civil society in Aceh, such as Jafar Siddiq 

5 Hamzah, Sukardi, Sulaiman Ahmad, Tengku Safwan 

6 Idris, Nashiruddin Daud, and Zaini Sulaiman, still 

7 have not been apprehended, prosecuted, or punished; 

8 (8) commends the ‘‘Zone of Peace’’ initiative in 

9 Papua, which has brought together civic, religious, 

10 governmental, and police representatives to discuss 

11 productive means of avoiding conflict, but expresses 

12 concern at the refusal of the Indonesian military to 

13 participate in that effort; and 

14 (9) encourages the Government of Indonesia to 

15 expedite the reunification of separated East Timorese 

16 children with their families, and to hold legally ac17 countable those individuals and organizations respon18 sible for taking those children and for obstructing re19 unification efforts. 

20 SEC. 723. AMENDMENT TO THE INTERNATIONAL RELIGIOUS 

21 FREEDOM ACT OF 1998. 

22 Section 207(a) of the International Religious Freedom 

23 Act of 1998 (22 U.S.C. 6435(a)) is amended by inserting 

24 ‘‘and for each subsequent fiscal year’’ after ‘‘2003’’.
183

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 724. SENSE OF CONGRESS WITH RESPECT TO HUMAN 

2 RIGHTS IN CENTRAL ASIA. 

3 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

4 findings: 

5 (1) The Central Asian nations of Kazakhstan, 

6 Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and 

7 Uzbekistan are providing the United States with as8 sistance in the war in Afghanistan, from military 

9 basing and overflight rights to the facilitation of hu10 manitarian relief. 

11 (2) In turn, the United States victory over the 

12 Taliban in Afghanistan provides important benefits 

13 to the Central Asian nations by removing a regime 

14 that threatened their security and by significantly 

15 weakening the Islamic Movement of Uzbekistan, a ter16 rorist organization that had previously staged armed 

17 raids from Afghanistan into the region. 

18 (3) The United States has consistently urged the 

19 nations of Central Asia to open their political systems 

20 and economies and to respect human rights, both be21 fore and since the attacks of September 11, 2001. 

22 (4) Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Tajikistan, 

23 Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan are members of the 

24 United Nations and the Organization for Security 

25 and Cooperation in Europe (OSCE), both of which 
184

•HR 1950 RH 

1 confer a range of obligations with respect to human 

2 rights on their members. 

3 (5) While the United States recognizes marked 

4 differences among the social structures and commit5 ments to democratic and economic reform of the Cen6 tral Asian nations, the United States notes neverthe7 less, according to the State Department Country Re8 ports on Human Rights Practices, that all five gov9 ernments of such nations, to differing degrees, restrict 

10 freedom of speech and association, restrict or ban the 

11 activities of human rights organizations and other 

12 nongovernmental organizations, harass or prohibit 

13 independent media, imprison political opponents, 

14 practice arbitrary detention and arrest, and engage 

15 in torture and extrajudicial executions. 

16 (6) By continuing to suppress human rights and 

17 to deny citizens peaceful, democratic means of ex18 pressing their convictions, the nations of Central Asia 

19 risk fueling popular support for violent and extremist 

20 movements, thus undermining the goals of the war on 

21 terrorism. 

22 (7) President George W. Bush has made the de23 fense of human dignity, the rule of law, limits on the 

24 power of the state, respect for women and private 

25 property, free speech, equal justice, religious tolerance
185

•HR 1950 RH 

1 strategic goals of United States foreign policy in the 

2 Islamic world, arguing that ‘‘a truly strong nation 

3 will permit legal avenues of dissent for all groups that 

4 pursue their aspirations without violence’’. 

5 (8) Congress has expressed its desire to see deeper 

6 reform in Central Asia in past resolutions and other 

7 legislation, most recently conditioning assistance to 

8 Uzbekistan and Kazakhstan on their progress in 

9 meeting commitments to the United States on human 

10 rights and democracy. 

11 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con12 gress that—

13 (1) the governments of Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, 

14 Tajikistan, Turkmenistan, and Uzbekistan should ac15 celerate democratic reforms and fulfill their human 

16 rights obligations, including, where appropriate, by—

17 (A) releasing from prison anyone jailed for 

18 peaceful political activism or the nonviolent ex19 pression of their political or religious beliefs; 

20 (B) fully investigating any credible allega21 tions of torture and prosecuting those respon22 sible; 

23 (C) permitting the free and unfettered func24 tioning of independent media outlets, inde25 pendent political parties, and nongovernmental 
186

•HR 1950 RH 

1 organizations, including by easing registration 

2 processes; 

3 (D) permitting the free exercise of religious 

4 beliefs and ceasing the persecution of members of 

5 religious groups and denominations that do not 

6 engage in violence or political change through vi7 olence; 

8 (E) holding free, competitive, and fair elec9 tions; and 

10 (F) making publicly available documenta11 tion of their revenues and punishing those en12 gaged in official corruption; 

13 (2) the President, the Secretary of State, and the 

14 Secretary of Defense should—

15 (A) continue to raise at the highest levels 

16 with the governments of the nations of Central 

17 Asia specific cases of political and religious per18 secution, and to urge greater respect for human 

19 rights and democratic freedoms at every diplo20 matic opportunity; 

21 (B) take progress in meeting the goals speci22 fied in paragraph (1) into account when deter23 mining the scope and nature of United States 

24 diplomatic and military relations and assistance 

25 with each of such governments; 
187

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (C) ensure that the provisions of foreign op2 erations appropriations Acts are fully imple3 mented to ensure that no United States assist4 ance benefits security forces in Central Asia that 

5 are implicated in violations of human rights; 

6 (D) press the Government of Turkmenistan 

7 to implement the helpful recommendations con8 tained in the 2003 resolution on Turkmenistan 

9 of the United Nations Commission on Human 

10 Rights and the so-called ‘‘Moscow Mechanism’’ 

11 Report of the Organization for Security and Co12 operation in Europe (OSCE), respect the right of 

13 all prisoners to due process and a fair trial and 

14 release democratic activists and their family 

15 members from prison; 

16 (E) urge the Government of Russia not to 

17 extradite to Turkmenistan members of the polit18 ical opposition of Turkmenistan; 

19 (F) work with the Government of 

20 Kazakhstan to create a political climate free of 

21 intimidation and harassment, including releas22 ing political prisoners and permitting the return 

23 of political exiles, and to reduce official corrup24 tion, including by urging the Government of 
188

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Kazakhstan to cooperate with the ongoing United 

2 States Department of Justice investigation; 

3 (G) support through United States assist4 ance programs individuals, nongovernmental or5 ganizations, and media outlets in Central Asia 

6 working to build more open societies, to support 

7 the victims of human rights abuses, and to ex8 pose official corruption; and 

9 (H) press the Government of Uzbekistan to 

10 implement fully the recommendations made to 

11 the Government of Uzbekistan by the United Na12 tions’ Special Rapporteur on Torture; and 

13 (3) increased levels of United States assistance to 

14 the governments of the nations of Central Asia made 

15 possible by their cooperation in the war in Afghani16 stan can be sustained only if there is substantial and 

17 continuing progress toward meeting the goals speci18 fied in paragraph (1). 

19 SEC. 725. TECHNICAL CORRECTION TO AUTHORIZATION OF 

20 APPROPRIATIONS FOR FISCAL YEAR 2003 FOR 

21 CENTER FOR CULTURAL AND TECHNICAL 

22 INTERCHANGE BETWEEN EAST AND WEST. 

23 Section 112(3) of the Foreign Relations Authorization 

24 Act, Fiscal Year 2003 (116 Stat. 1358; Public Law 107–
189

•HR 1950 RH 

1 228) is amended by striking ‘‘$15,000,000’’ and inserting 

2 ‘‘$18,000,000’’.

3 SEC. 726. UNDER SECRETARY OF COMMERCE FOR INDUS4 TRY AND SECURITY. 

5 (a) UNDER SECRETARY.—There shall be in the De6 partment of Commerce an Under Secretary of Commerce 

7 for Industry and Security who shall serve as the head of 

8 the Bureau of Industry and Security and perform such du9 ties as the Secretary of Commerce shall prescribe. The 

10 Under Secretary of Commerce for Industry and Security 

11 shall be appointed by the President by and with the advice 

12 and consent of the Senate. 

13 (b) INCUMBENT.—The individual serving on the date 

14 of the enactment of this Act as the Under Secretary of Com15 merce for Export Administration shall serve as the Under 

16 Secretary of Commerce for Industry and Security until 

17 such time as a successor is appointed under subsection (a). 

18 (c) COMPENSATION.—Section 5314 of title 5, United 

19 States Code, is amended by striking ‘‘Under Secretary of 

20 Commerce for Export Administration’’ and inserting 

21 ‘‘Under Secretary of Commerce for Industry and Security’’. 

22 (d) CONFORMING AMENDMENTS.—Section 15(a) of the 

23 Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 

24 2414(a)) is amended—

25 (1) by striking the first sentence; and
190

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) in the second sentence, by striking ‘‘in car2 rying out such functions’’ and inserting ‘‘of Com3 merce for Industry and Security in carrying out the 

4 functions of the Under Secretary’’.

5 SEC. 727. CONCERNING THE SPREAD OF WEAPONS OF MASS 

6 DESTRUCTION. 

7 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

8 findings: 

9 (1) The proliferation of weapons of mass destruc10 tion presents a direct threat to the stability, security, 

11 and safety of nations around the globe. 

12 (2) Combatting the spread of such weapons is a 

13 responsibility borne by all nations. 

14 (3) United States efforts to stop the further 

15 spread of these weapons can be further enhanced by 

16 cooperative efforts between the United States and the 

17 European Union. 

18 (4) There are many different components in this 

19 effort that require a comprehensive approach, imme20 diate attention, and vigorous action, including the 

21 ‘‘10+10 over 10 Initiative’’ agreed to by the United 

22 States and many members of the European Union. 

23 (5) Stopping the spread of weapons of mass de24 struction is made more difficult when states willingly 
191

•HR 1950 RH 

1 participate in, or contribute to, their development or 

2 their sale or transfer to other nations. 

3 (6) Stopping the spread of weapons of mass de4 struction is made more difficult when private compa5 nies willingly participate in, or contribute to, their 

6 development or their sale or transfer to other nations. 

7 (7) United States security and safety is under8 mined when companies engage in such commerce. 

9 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—The Congress call on the 

10 European Union to—

11 (1) develop an aggressive and robust regulatory 

12 system designed to—

13 (A) investigate allegations of companies 

14 contributing to the development of weapons of 

15 mass destruction or their sale or transfer to other 

16 nations; 

17 (B) isolate and comdemn companies found 

18 to participate in, or contribute to, the develop19 ment of such weapons or their sale or transfer to 

20 other nations; and 

21 (C) develop a punitive response designed to 

22 punish such companies, thereby preventing fur23 ther actions on their part and discouraging other 

24 companies from engaging in such actions; 
192

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) condemn, by name, states known to be con2 tributing to the development or spread of weapons of 

3 mass destruction; and 

4 (3) develop appropriate punitive measures de5 signed to discourage further actions.

6 SEC. 728. INTERNATIONAL AGRICULTURAL BIO7 TECHNOLOGY INFORMATION PROGRAM. 

8 (a) IN GENERAL.—The Department of State shall pro9 vide to other countries, as appropriate, the scientific evi10 dence on the benefits, safety, and potential uses of agricul11 tural biotechnology. 

12 (b) SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES.—The Secretary of State 

13 shall—

14 (1) chair an interagency task force comprised of 

15 representatives of the Department of Commerce, the 

16 Department of Agriculture, and the United States 

17 Agency for International Development to develop and 

18 disseminate accurate written scientific information 

19 on the potential benefits of agricultural biotechnology 

20 for human and animal nutrition, the environment, 

21 food and feed production, agricultural sustainability, 

22 and bioenergy development; 

23 (2) coordinate the development and dissemina24 tion of scientifically-based facts regarding, the safety 
193

•HR 1950 RH 

1 and regulation of biotechnology-derived food and feed 

2 products; 

3 (3) instruct the United States Agency for Inter4 national Development (USAID) to develop a program 

5 to demonstrate the potential benefits of agricultural 

6 biotechnology to develop products that can be grown 

7 under local soil and climate conditions and better 

8 meet the health and nutritional needs of local popu9 lations in the developing world; and 

10 (4) ensure that personnel undertaking these ac11 tivities are knowledgeable of, and disseminate infor12 mation on, the United States regulatory safeguards 

13 that assure food and environmental safety.

14 SEC. 729. REFUGEE RESETTLEMENT BURDENSHARING. 

15 It is the sense of the Congress that—

16 (1) the Secretary of State should actively encour17 age the international community to accept refugees 

18 for resettlement on a more equitable basis; 

19 (2) the Secretary of State should raise the issue 

20 of refugee resettlement burdensharing at the United 

21 Nations and other multilateral and bilateral meet22 ings; 

23 (3) developed countries should be encouraged to 

24 increase the percentage of the world’s refugees accept25 ed for resettlement; and
194

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (4) the Secretary of State should encourage devel2 oping stable countries in regions with refugee flows to 

3 accept for resettlement as many of their neighbors as 

4 possible.

5 øSEC. 730. SENSE OF CONGRESS ON CLIMATE CHANGE. 

6 ø(a) FINDINGS.—The Congress makes the following 

7 findings: 

8 ø(1) Evidence continues to build that increases 

9 in atmospheric concentrations of manmade green10 house gases are contributing to global climate change. 

11 ø(2) The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate 

12 Change (in this section referred to as the ‘‘IPCC’’) has 

13 concluded that ‘‘there is new and stronger evidence 

14 that most of the warming observed over the last 50 

15 years is attributable to human activities’’ and that 

16 the Earth’s average temperature can be expected to 

17 rise between 2.5 and 10.4 degrees Fahrenheit in this 

18 century. 

19 ø(3) The National Academy of Sciences con20 firmed the findings of the IPCC, stating that ‘‘the 

21 IPCC’s conclusion that most of the observed warming 

22 of the last 50 years is likely to have been due to the 

23 increase of greenhouse gas concentrations accurately 

24 reflects the current thinking of the scientific commu25 nity on this issue’’ and that ‘‘there is general agree-
195

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ment that the observed warming is real and particu2 larly strong within the past twenty years’’. The Na3 tional Academy of Sciences also noted that ‘‘because 

4 there is considerable uncertainty in current under5 standing of how the climate system varies naturally 

6 and reacts to emissions of greenhouse gases and 

7 aerosols, current estimates of the magnitude of future 

8 warming should be regarded as tentative and subject 

9 to future adjustments upward or downward’’. 

10 ø(4) The IPCC has stated that in the last 40 

11 years, the global average sea level has risen, ocean 

12 heat content has increased, and snow cover and ice 

13 extent have decreased, which threatens to inundate 

14 low-lying island nations and coastal regions through15 out the world. 

16 ø(5) In October 2000, a report of the United 

17 States interagency Global Change Research Program 

18 found that global climate change may harm the 

19 United States by altering crop yields, accelerating 

20 sea-level rise, and increasing the spread of tropical 

21 infectious diseases. 

22 ø(6) In 1992, the United States ratified the 

23 United Nations Framework Convention on Climate 

24 Change (in this section referred to as the 

25 ‘‘UNFCCC’’), the ultimate objective of which is the 
196

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘stabilization of greenhouse gas concentrations in the 

2 atmosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous 

3 anthropogenic interference with the climate system. 

4 Such a level should be achieved within a time-frame 

5 sufficient to allow ecosystems to adapt naturally to 

6 climate change, to ensure that food production is not 

7 threatened and to enable economic development to 

8 proceed in a sustainable manner’’. 

9 ø(7) The UNFCCC stated in part that the Par10 ties to the UNFCCC are to implement policies ‘‘with 

11 the aim of returning . . . to their 1990 levels anthro12 pogenic emissions of carbon dioxide and other green13 house gases’’ under the principle that ‘‘policies and 

14 measures . . . should be appropriate for the specific 

15 conditions of each Party and should be integrated 

16 with national development programmes, taking into 

17 account that economic development is essential for 

18 adopting measures to address climate change’’. 

19 ø(8) There is a shared international responsi20 bility to address this problem, as industrial nations 

21 are the largest historic and current emitters of green22 house gases and developing nations’ emissions will 

23 significantly increase in the future. 

24 ø(9) The UNFCCC further stated that ‘‘developed 

25 country Parties should take the lead in combating cli-
197

•HR 1950 RH 

1 mate change and the adverse effects thereof’’, as these 

2 nations are the largest historic and current emitters 

3 of greenhouse gases. The UNFCCC also stated that 

4 ‘‘steps required to understand and address climate 

5 change will be environmentally, socially and economi6 cally most effective if they are based on relevant sci7 entific, technical and economic considerations and 

8 continually re-evaluated in the light of new findings 

9 in these areas’’. 

10 ø(10) Any future, binding treaty on climate 

11 change must not result in serious harm to the United 

12 States economy, and should not cause the United 

13 States to abandon its shared responsibility to help re14 duce the risks of climate change and its impacts. Fu15 ture international efforts in this regard should focus 

16 on recognizing the equitable responsibilities for ad17 dressing climate change by all nations, including 

18 commitments by the largest developing country 

19 emitters in a future, binding climate change treaty. 

20 ø(11) While the United States has elected 

21 against becoming a party to the Kyoto Protocol to the 

22 UNFCCC at this time, it is the position of the United 

23 States that it will not interfere with the plans of any 

24 nation that chooses to ratify and implement the 

25 Kyoto Protocol. 
198

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ø(12) United States businesses need to know how 

2 governments worldwide will address the risks of cli3 mate change. By committing themselves to reducing 

4 their greenhouse gas emissions, leading companies in 

5 the United States and worldwide are doing more than 

6 addressing the problem of climate change—they are 

7 also improving their competitive positioning. More 

8 than 30 major corporations, most with operations in 

9 the United States, have specifically committed them10 selves to reducing their greenhouse gas emissions. 

11 ø(13) The United States benefits from invest12 ments in the research, development, and deployment 

13 of a range of clean energy and efficiency technologies 

14 that can reduce the risks of climate change and its 

15 impacts and that can make the United States econ16 omy more productive, bolster energy security, create 

17 jobs, and protect the environment. 

18 ø(b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con19 gress that the United States should demonstrate inter20 national leadership and responsibility in reducing the 

21 health, environmental, and economic risks posed by climate 

22 change by—

23 ø(1) taking responsible action to ensure signifi24 cant and meaningful reductions in emissions of 

25 greenhouse gases from all sectors;
199

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ø(2) creating flexible international and domestic 

2 mechanisms, including joint implementation, tech3 nology deployment, tradable credits for emissions re4 ductions, and carbon sequestration projects that will 

5 reduce, avoid, and sequester greenhouse gas emissions; 

6 ø(3) participating in international negotiations, 

7 including putting forth a proposal to the Conference 

8 of the Parties to the UNFCCC, with the objective of 

9 securing United States participation in a future 

10 binding treaty on climate change in a manner that 

11 protects the economic interests of the United States, is 

12 consistent with the environmental objectives of the 

13 UNFCCC, and recognizes the shared international re14 sponsibility for addressing climate change, including 

15 developing country participation; and 

16 ø(4) establishing a bipartisan observer group of 

17 Members of the House of Representatives, designated 

18 by the chairman and ranking member of the Com19 mittee on International Relations of the House of 

20 Representatives, to monitor any international nego21 tiations on climate change.¿

22 SEC. 731. SENSE OF CONGRESS REGARDING MIGRATION 

23 ISSUES BETWEEN THE UNITED STATES AND 

24 MEXICO. 

25 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress finds as follows: 
200

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) During President Bush’s first meeting with 

2 President Fox in Guanajuato, Mexico, the Presidents 

3 stated in the Joint Communique of February 16, 

4 2001 that ‘‘we are instructing our Governments to en5 gage, at the earliest opportunity, in formal high level 

6 negotiations aimed at achieving short and long-term 

7 agreements that will allow us to constructively ad8 dress migration and labor issues between our two 

9 countries.’’. 

10 (2) During President Fox’s official visit to 

11 Washington, D.C., the Joint Statement of September 

12 6, 2001, summarized the meeting as follows: ‘‘The 

13 Presidents reviewed the progress made by our joint 

14 working group on migration chaired by Secretaries 

15 Powell, CastaZeda, and Creel and Attorney General 

16 Ashcroft and noted this represented the most fruitful 

17 and frank dialogue we have ever had on a subject so 

18 important to both nations. They praised implementa19 tion of the border safety initiative, and recognized 

20 that migration-related issues are deeply felt by our 

21 publics and vital to our prosperity, well-being, and 

22 the kind of societies we want to build. They renewed 

23 their commitment to forging new and realistic ap24 proaches to migration to ensure it is safe, orderly, 

25 legal and dignified, and agreed on the framework 
201

•HR 1950 RH 

1 within which this ongoing effort is based. This in2 cludes: matching willing workers with willing em3 ployers; serving the social and economic needs of both 

4 countries; respecting the human dignity of all mi5 grants, regardless of their status; recognizing the con6 tribution migrants make to enriching both societies; 

7 shared responsibility for ensuring migration takes 

8 place through safe and legal channels. Both stressed 

9 their commitment to continue our discussions, in10 structing the high-level working group to reach mutu11 ally satisfactory results on border safety, a temporary 

12 worker program and the status of undocumented 

13 Mexicans in the United States. They requested that 

14 the working group provide them proposals with re15 spect to these issues as soon as possible. The Presi16 dents recognized that this is an extraordinarily chal17 lenging area of public policy, and that it is critical 

18 to address the issue in a timely manner and with ap19 propriate thoroughness and depth.’’. 

20 (3) On September 7, 2001, during President 

21 Fox’s historic State Visit to Washington, the United 

22 States and Mexico issued a joint statement instruct23 ing our cabinet-level working group to provide us 

24 with specific proposals to forge a new and realistic 

25 framework that will ensure a safe, legal, orderly, and 
202

•HR 1950 RH 

1 dignified migration flow between our countries. We 

2 have today agreed that our Cabinet level migration 

3 group should continue the work we charged it with in 

4 Guanajuato and Washington. 

5 (4) When the Presidents met in Monterrey, Mex6 ico, the Presidents stated in a Joint Statement on 

7 March 22, 2002, as follows: ‘‘Slightly more than one 

8 year ago, in Guanajuato, we talked about migration 

9 as one of the major ties that join our societies. We 

10 launched then the frankest and most productive dia11 logue our countries have ever had on this important 

12 and challenging subject. Those talks have continued 

13 over the past year, and have yielded a clearer assess14 ment of the scope and nature of this issue. This bond 

15 between our nations can render countless benefits to 

16 our respective economies and families. 

17 (5) Over the past year, important progress has 

18 been made to enhance migrant safety and particu19 larly in saving lives by discouraging and reducing il20 legal crossings in dangerous terrain. 

21 (6) At the conclusion of the Mexico-United States 

22 Binational Commission (BNC) meeting in Mexico 

23 City in November 2002, Secretary of State Powell’s 

24 press conference was summarized by the State De25 partment as follows: The BNC’s migration working 
203

•HR 1950 RH 

1 group ‘‘affirmed our strong commitment to advancing 

2 our bilateral migration agenda,’’ he stressed, adding 

3 that ‘‘there should be no doubt in anyone’s mind that 

4 this is a priority for President Bush, just as it is a 

5 priority for [Mexican] President [Vicente] Fox.’’

6 (7) Secretary Powell said no schedule had been 

7 established for a migration accord, but he confirmed 

8 that the United States and Mexico want to come up 

9 with a series of migration initiatives over the course 

10 of the next six months to a year. 

11 (8) Mexico’s state-run oil monopoly, Petro ́leos 

12 Mexicanos (PEMEX), is inefficient, plagued by cor13 ruption, and in need of substantial reform and pri14 vate investment in order to provide sufficient petro15 leum products to Mexico and the United States to fuel 

16 future economic growth which can help curb illegal 

17 migration into the United States. 

18 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con19 gress that—

20 (1) that the United States and Mexico should as 

21 soon as is practicable commence negotiations in an 

22 attempt to reach a migration accord that is as com23 prehensive as possible and which addresses the key 

24 issues of concern for both nations;
204

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) that any accord on migration issues between 

2 the United States and Mexico should also include an 

3 accord to open Petro ́leos Mexicanos (PEMEX) to in4 vestment by U.S. oil companies and specific steps to 

5 reform PEMEX’s operations to make them more 

6 transparent and efficient; and 

7 (3) that as part of any migration agreement be8 tween the United States and Mexico, the issues of the 

9 extradition of violent criminals and law enforcement 

10 cooperation between the two nations be addressed.

11 SEC. 732. SENSE OF CONGRESS CONCERNING UNITED 

12 STATES ASSISTANCE TO PALESTINIAN REFU13 GEES. 

14 The Congress— 

15 (1) recognizes the importance of United States 

16 humanitarian assistance to Palestinian refugees as an 

17 essential component to the peace process in the Middle 

18 East; 

19 (2) acknowledges the hardships endured by many 

20 innocent Palestinian refugees in the West Bank and 

21 Gaza Strip and in other neighboring countries; 

22 (3) notes that the United Nations High Commis23 sion for Refugees (UNHCR) is the international body 

24 that seeks to find ‘‘lasting solutions’’ to the plight of 

25 refugees throughout the world, with the sole exception 
205

•HR 1950 RH 

1 of the Palestinians, for whose exclusive benefit a spe2 cial agency, the United Nations Relief and Works 

3 Agency (UNRWA), was established in 1950 and 

4 which makes no effort to permanently resettle Pales5 tinian refugees, even those who reside under the juris6 diction of the Palestinian Authority, in order to en7 sure the perpetuation of the problem of Palestinian 

8 refugees; 

9 (4) recognizes that the United States has been the 

10 world’s leading donor to UNRWA, having provided 

11 over $2,500,000,000 to UNRWA since 1950, including 

12 the provision of $110,000,000, in fiscal year 2002, 

13 and that such organization has provided important 

14 humanitarian assistance to the Palestinian people; 

15 (5) notes that the United States contribution to 

16 UNRWA is nearly 10 times that of the entire Arab 

17 world, and calls on Arab states to assume a greater 

18 share of the burden for financing UNWRA; 

19 (6) expresses its outrage over credible reports 

20 that UNRWA facilities have been used for terrorist 

21 training and bases for terrorist operations, with little 

22 attempt by the UNRWA to stop or oppose such at23 tacks or alert relevant law enforcement authorities 

24 about such terrorist activities; 
206

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (7) expresses deep concern over the textbooks and 

2 educational materials used in the UNRWA edu3 cational system that promote anti-Semitism, denial of 

4 the existence and the right to exist of the state of 

5 Israel, and exacerbate stereotypes and tensions be6 tween the Palestinians and Israelis; 

7 (8) strongly urges the Secretary General of the 

8 United Nations to immediately take steps to com9 prehensively reform the UNRWA so that it actively 

10 works to oppose terrorist attacks and actively works 

11 to promote reconciliation and understanding between 

12 the Israelis and Palestinians; 

13 (9) strongly urges UNRWA to meet the require14 ments, in letter and spirit, of section 301(c) of the 

15 Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, including by com16 prehensively ensuring that no UNRWA assistance is 

17 rendered to anyone who has been involved with ter18 rorism at any time and that all UNRWA bene19 ficiaries be informed at the earliest possible time, and 

20 at regular intervals thereafter, that anyone involved 

21 with terrorism thereafter will be ineligible for 

22 UNRWA benefits; 

23 (10) strongly urges the Secretary of State to 

24 make UNRWA reforms a priority at the United Na25 tions by actively campaigning within the United Na-
207

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tions to support such reforms, including comprehen2 sive and independently verifiable audits of UNRWA 

3 activities and educational reform that would remove 

4 from the curriculum all textbooks and educational 

5 materials that promote hatred of Jews and Israel and 

6 denial of Israel’s right to exist and replace them with 

7 teaching materials that promote Israeli-Palestinian 

8 reconciliation and mutual understanding; and 

9 (11) notes the General Accounting Office (GAO) 

10 audit required by section 580 of the FY 2003 Foreign 

11 Operations Appropriations Act (Public Law 108–7), 

12 and strongly encourages the GAO to conduct, as part 

13 of this audit, an investigation and inspection of all 

14 recent United States assistance to UNRWA to ensure 

15 that taxpayer funds are being spent effectively and 

16 are not directly or indirectly supporting terrorism, 

17 anti-Semitic or anti-Jewish teachings, or the glorifi18 cation or incitement of violence.

19 SEC. 733. UNITED STATES POLICY ON WORLD BANK GROUP 

20 LOANS TO IRAN. 

21 (a) UNITED STATES POLICY.—The Secretary of State 

22 (or a designee), in consultation with the Secretary of the 

23 Treasury, shall communicate directly with the governments 

24 of countries represented on the decision-making boards and 

25 councils of the international financial institutions of the 
208

•HR 1950 RH 

1 World Bank Group and consistently convey the strong oppo2 sition of the United States Government to any further activ3 ity in Iran by the international financial institutions of 

4 the World Bank Group. 

5 (b) REPORTS.—Not later than 90 days after the date 

6 of the enactment of this Act and one year thereafter, the 

7 Secretary of State shall submit a report on the efforts of 

8 the Secretary to carry out subsection (a) to the chairman 

9 and ranking minority member of the Committee on Inter10 national Relations of the House of Representatives and the 

11 Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate. 

12 (c) WORLD BANK GROUP DEFINED.—As used in this 

13 section, the term ‘‘World Bank Group’’ means the Inter14 national Bank for Reconstruction and Development, the 

15 International Development Association, the International 

16 Financial Corporation, and the Multilateral Investment 

17 Guaranty Agency. 

18 SEC. 734. SENSE OF CONGRESS RELATING TO SOVIET NU19 CLEAR TESTS IN KAZAKHSTAN. 

20 (a) FINDINGS.—Congress finds the following: 

21 (1) In 1991, immediately after achieving inde22 pendence, Kazakhstan closed and sealed the world’s 

23 second largest nuclear test site in Semipalatinsk 

24 which had been inherited from the former Soviet
209

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Union and at which more than 500 nuclear tests had 

2 been conducted from 1949 to 1991. 

3 (2) The cumulative power of explosions from 

4 those tests, conducted above ground, on the ground, 

5 and underground is believed to be equal to the power 

6 of 20,000 explosions of the type of bomb dropped on 

7 Hiroshima, Japan, in 1945. 

8 (3) More than 1,500,000 people in Kazakhstan 

9 suffered because of decades of Soviet nuclear weapons 

10 testing in the region. 

11 (4) A horrifying array of disease will continue 

12 to destroy the lives of hundreds of thousands and their 

13 descendants for many generations to come as a result 

14 of these tests. 

15 (5) Since its independence, Kazakhstan has con16 structed a stable and peaceful state, voluntarily dis17 armed the world’s fourth largest nuclear arsenal, 

18 joined the Strategic Arms Reduction Treaty 

19 (START), and became an example of responsible non20 proliferation of such weapons. 

21 (6) Kazakhstan is also doing its best to help 

22 those who were exposed to the horrific nuclear experi23 ments of the 20th century but it faces daunting chal24 lenges. 
210

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress 

2 that the Secretary of State should work to establish a joint 

3 working group with the Government of Kazakhstan to assist 

4 in assessing the environmental damage and health effects 

5 caused by Soviet nuclear testing in Semipalatinsk.

6 SEC. 735. SENSE OF CONGRESS RELATING TO VIOLENCE 

7 AGAINST WOMEN. 

8 The Congress—

9 (1) recalls that Article 4 of the United Nations 

10 Declaration on the Elimination of Violence Against 

11 Women (20 December 1993) outlines that states 

12 should condemn violence against women and should 

13 not invoke any custom, tradition, or religious consid14 eration to avoid their obligations with respect to its 

15 elimination; 

16 (2) recalls that Chapter 4, Section 125, of the 

17 Beijing Declaration and Platform for Action, Fourth 

18 World Conference on Women (15 September 1995) 

19 states that governments condemn violence against 

20 women and refrain from invoking any custom, tradi21 tion, or religious consideration to avoid their obliga22 tions with respect to its elimination as set out in the 

23 Declaration on the Elimination of Violence against 

24 Women; 
211

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) recalls that the United States has supported 

2 both the United Nations Declaration on the Elimi3 nation of Violence and the Beijing Declaration and 

4 Platform for Action; and 

5 (4) reinforces the position of the United States 

6 that the United States condemns violence against 

7 women and refrains from invoking any custom, tradi8 tion, or religious consideration to avoid this nation’s 

9 obligations with respect to its elimination as set out 

10 in the Declaration on the Elimination of Violence 

11 against Women.

12 DIVISION B—DEFENSE TRADE 

13 AND SECURITY ASSISTANCE 

14 REFORM ACT OF 2003

15 TITLE X—GENERAL PROVISIONS 

16 SEC. 1001. SHORT TITLE. 

17 This division may be cited as the ‘‘Defense Trade and 

18 Security Assistance Reform Act of 2003’’. 

19 SEC. 1002. DEFINITIONS. 

20 Except as otherwise provided, in this division: 

21 (1) DEFENSE ARTICLES.—The term ‘‘defense ar22 ticles’’ has the meaning given the term in section 

23 47(7)(A) of the Arms Export Control Act (as amended 

24 by section 1107(d) of this Act). 
212

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) DEFENSE SERVICES.—The term ‘‘defense 

2 services’’ has the meaning given the term in section 

3 47(7)(B) of the Arms Export Control Act (as amended 

4 by section 1107(d) of this Act). 

5 (3) DUAL USE.—The term ‘‘dual use’’ means, 

6 with respect to goods or technology, those goods or 

7 technology that are specifically designed or developed 

8 for civil purposes but which also may be used or de9 ployed in a military mode. 

10 (4) EXPORT ADMINISTRATION REGULATIONS.—

11 The term ‘‘Export Administration Regulations’’ 

12 means those regulations contained in sections 730–

13 774 of title 15, Code of Federal Regulations (or suc14 cessor regulations). 

15 (5) GOOD.—The term ‘‘good’’ has the meaning 

16 given the term in section 16(3) of the Export Admin17 istration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2415(3)). 

18 (6) INTERNATIONAL TRAFFIC IN ARMS REGULA19 TIONS.—The term ‘‘International Traffic in Arms 

20 Regulations’’ means those regulations contained in 

21 sections 120–130 of title 22, Code of Federal Regula22 tions (or successor regulations). 

23 (7) MISSILE TECHNOLOGY CONTROL REGIME; 

24 MTCR.—The term ‘‘Missile Technology Control Re25 gime’’ or ‘‘MTCR’’ has the meaning given the term in 
213

•HR 1950 RH 

1 section 11B(c)(2) of the Export Administration Act of 

2 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2401b(c)(2)). 

3 (8) MISSILE TECHNOLOGY CONTROL REGIME

4 ANNEX; MTCR ANNEX.—The term ‘‘Missile Technology 

5 Control Regime Annex’’ or ‘‘MTCR Annex’’ has the 

6 meaning given the term in section 11B(c)(4) of the 

7 Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 

8 2401b(c)(4)). 

9 (9) OPERATION IRAQI FREEDOM.—The term 

10 ‘‘Operation Iraqi Freedom’’ means operations of 

11 United States Armed Forces, the armed forces of the 

12 United Kingdom, and the armed forces of other coali13 tion member countries initiated on or about March 

14 19, 2003—

15 (A) to disarm Iraq of its weapons of mass 

16 destruction; 

17 (B) to enforce United Nations Security 

18 Council Resolution 1441 (November 8, 2002) and 

19 other relevant Security Council resolutions with 

20 respect to Iraq; and 

21 (C) to liberate the people of Iraq from the 

22 regime of Saddam Hussein. 

23 (10) TECHNOLOGY.—The term ‘‘technology’’ has 

24 the meaning given the term in section 16(4) of the
214

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 

2 2415(4)). 

3 SEC. 1003. REFERENCES TO ARMS EXPORT CONTROL ACT. 

4 Except as otherwise specifically provided, whenever in 

5 this division an amendment is expressed in terms of an 

6 amendment to a section or other provision, the reference 

7 shall be considered to be made to that section or other provi8 sion of the Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2751 et 

9 seq.). 

10 TITLE XI—TERRORIST-RELATED 

11 PROHIBITIONS AND EN12 FORCEMENT MEASURES 

13 SEC. 1101. ELIGIBILITY PROVISIONS. 

14 (a) INELIGIBILITY FOR TERRORIST RELATED TRANS15 ACTIONS.—Section 3(c)(1) (22 U.S.C. 2753(c)(1)) is 

16 amended—

17 (1) in each of subparagraphs (A) and (B), by 

18 striking ‘‘or any predecessor Act,’’ and inserting ‘‘, 

19 any predecessor Act, or licensed or approved under 

20 section 38 of this Act, to carry out a transaction with 

21 a country, the government of which the Secretary of 

22 State has determined is a state sponsor of inter23 national terrorism for purposes of section 6(j)(1) of 

24 the Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. 
215

•HR 1950 RH 

1 App. 2405(j)(1)), or otherwise uses such defense arti2 cles or defense services’’; and 

3 (2) by adding at the end the following: 

4 ‘‘(C) In this section, the term ‘transaction’ means the 

5 taking of any action, directly or indirectly, by a foreign 

6 country that would be a transaction prohibited by section 

7 40 of this Act with respect to the United States Government 

8 and United States persons.’’. 

9 (b) REPORTING REQUIREMENT.—Section 3(e) (22 

10 U.S.C. 2753(e)) is amended by inserting after ‘‘the Foreign 

11 Assistance Act of 1961,’’ the following: ‘‘regardless of wheth12 er the article or service has been sold or otherwise furnished 

13 by the United States Government or licensed under section 

14 38 of this Act,’’. 

15 SEC. 1102. WEAPONS TRANSFERS TO FOREIGN PERSONS IN 

16 THE UNITED STATES. 

17 Section 38(a)(1) (22 U.S.C. 2778(a)(1)) is amended 

18 in the first sentence by inserting after ‘‘import and the ex19 port of defense articles and defense services’’ the following: 

20 ‘‘, or the transfer of such articles, other than firearms (or 

21 ammunition, components, parts, accessories, or attachments 

22 for firearms), and services within the United States to for23 eign persons,’’. 
216

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1103. COORDINATION OF LICENSE EXEMPTIONS WITH 

2 UNITED STATES LAW ENFORCEMENT AGEN3 CIES. 

4 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—In view of the historic dif5 ficulties in the enforcement of the Arms Export Control Act 

6 (22 U.S.C. 2751 et seq.) associated with violations involving 

7 exports of defense articles and defense services that have 

8 been exempted by regulation from the licensing require9 ments of section 38 of such Act, it is the sense of Congress 

10 that the establishment of new exemptions by regulation 

11 should only be undertaken after careful coordination with 

12 the appropriate United States law enforcement agencies. 

13 (b) AMENDMENT.—Section 38(b)(2) (22 U.S.C. 

14 2778(b)(2)) is amended by adding at the end the following 

15 new sentences: ‘‘In promulgating regulations under sub16 section (a)(1) in accordance with the preceding sentence, 

17 any provision in such regulations that permits the export 

18 of defense articles or defense services without a license shall 

19 include a determination by the Attorney General, in con20 sultation with the Secretary of Homeland Security and the 

21 Director of the Federal Bureau of Investigation, that the 

22 compilation and maintenance of sufficient documentation 

23 relating to the export without a license of the articles or 

24 services is ensured, notwithstanding the absence of a license, 

25 to facilitate law enforcement efforts to detect, prevent, and 

26 prosecute criminal violations of any provision of this sec-
217

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tion, section 39, or section 40 of this Act, including the ef2 forts on the part of countries and factions engaged in inter3 national terrorism to illicitly acquire defense articles and 

4 defense services. No defense article or defense service des5 ignated by the President under subsection (a)(1) may be 

6 exported without a license pursuant to a regulation under 

7 subsection (a)(1) that is promulgated on or after January 

8 1, 2003, until 30 days after the date on which the President 

9 provides notice of the proposed regulation to the Committee 

10 on International Relations of the House of Representatives 

11 and to the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate 

12 in accordance with the procedures applicable to reprogram13 ming notifications under section 634A(a) of the Foreign As14 sistance Act of 1961, including a description of the criteria 

15 that would be used to permit the export of the article or 

16 service and any measures to facilitate law enforcement ef17 forts associated with the Attorney General’s determination 

18 required by the preceding sentence.’’. 

19 SEC. 1104. MECHANISMS TO IDENTIFY PERSONS IN VIOLA20 TION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF LAW. 

21 Section 38(g)(1)(A) (22 U.S.C. 2778(g)(1)(A)) is 

22 amended—

23 (1) in clause (iii)—

24 (A) by striking ‘‘or section 2339A’’ and in25 serting ‘‘, section 2339A’’; and 
218

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (B) by inserting at the end before the 

2 comma the following: ‘‘, or section 2339C of such 

3 title (relating to financing terrorism)’’; 

4 (2) in clause (x), by striking ‘‘or’’ at the end; 

5 (3) in clause (xi), by striking the semicolon at 

6 the end and inserting a comma; and 

7 (4) by adding at the end the following: 

8 ‘‘(xii) subclause (I) or (II) of section 

9 1956(c)(7)(B)(v) of title 18, United States Code; 

10 ‘‘(xiii) section 329 of the Uniting and 

11 Strengthening America by Providing Appro12 priate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct 

13 Terrorism (USA PATRIOT ACT) Act of 2001; 

14 ‘‘(xiv) section 5332 of title 31, United 

15 States Code; 

16 ‘‘(xv) section 1960 of title 18, United States 

17 Code; 

18 ‘‘(xvi) section 175(b), 175b, 1993, 2339 of 

19 title 18, United States Code; 

20 ‘‘(xvii) section 2332a, 2332b, or 2332f of 

21 title 18, United States Code; or 

22 ‘‘(xviii) section 175 of title 18, United 

23 States Code;’’.
219

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1105. COMPREHENSIVE NATURE OF UNITED STATES 

2 ARMS EMBARGOES. 

3 (a) FINDINGS; SENSE OF CONGRESS.—

4 (1) FINDINGS.—Congress finds that—

5 (A) governments to which the United States 

6 Government prohibits by law or policy the trans7 fer of implements of war, including material, 

8 components, parts, and other defense articles and 

9 defense services (as defined in paragraphs (3) 

10 and (4) of section 47 of the Arms Export Control 

11 Act, respectively) continue to seek to evade these 

12 embargoes through increasingly sophisticated il13 legal acquisitions via the ‘‘international gray 

14 arms market’’ and by seeking to exploit weak15 nesses in the export control system of the United 

16 States and its friends and allies; and 

17 (B) the strict and comprehensive applica18 tion of arms embargoes referred to in subpara19 graph (A) including those embargoes established 

20 by the United Nations Security Council is of 

21 fundamental importance to the security and for22 eign policy interests of the United States. 

23 (2) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of 

24 Congress that the United States Government should 

25 continue to provide a leadership role internationally 
220

•HR 1950 RH 

1 in ensuring the effectiveness of arms embargoes re2 ferred to in paragraph (1). 

3 (b) SCOPE OF EMBARGOES.—Section 38 (22 U.S.C. 

4 2778) is amended by adding at the end the following: 

5 ‘‘(k) Whenever the United States maintains an arms 

6 embargo pursuant to United States law, or through public 

7 notice by the President or Secretary of State pursuant to 

8 the authorities of this Act, no defense article or defense serv9 ice subject to sections 120–130 of title 22, Code of Federal 

10 Regulations (commonly known as the ‘International Traffic 

11 in Arms Regulations’) and no dual use good or technology 

12 subject to sections 730–774 of title 15, Code of Federal Reg13 ulations (commonly known as the ‘Export Administration 

14 Regulations’) shall be sold or transferred to the military, 

15 police, or intelligence services of the embargoed government, 

16 including any associated governmental agency, subdivision, 

17 entity, or other person acting on their behalf, unless, at a 

18 minimum and without prejudice to any additional require19 ments established in United States law or regulation, the 

20 Secretary of State and the Secretary of Defense have con21 curred in the sale or transfer through issuance of a license.’’. 

22 (c) ESTABLISHMENT OF CONTROLS.—The Secretary 

23 shall consult with the Secretary of Commerce to ensure the 

24 establishment of appropriate foreign policy and national se25 curity controls and license requirements under the Export 
221

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Administration Regulations in order to ensure the effective 

2 implementation of section 38(k) of the Arms Export Control 

3 Act, as added by subsection (b). 

4 (d) REPORT.—Not later than 120 days after the date 

5 of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall submit to 

6 the appropriate congressional committees a report that de7 scribes the actions taken to implement the requirements of 

8 subsection (c). 

9 SEC. 1106. TRANSACTIONS WITH COUNTRIES SUPPORTING 

10 ACTS OF INTERNATIONAL TERRORISM. 

11 Section 40(l)(1) (22 U.S.C. 2780(l)(1)) is amended by 

12 striking ‘‘any item enumerated on the United States Muni13 tions List’’ and inserting ‘‘a defense article or defense serv14 ice (as defined in subparagraph (A) or (B) of section 47(7), 

15 respectively), an item enumerated on the United States Mu16 nitions List (as designated by the President pursuant to 

17 section 38(a)), or any other activity for which a license or 

18 other approval is required pursuant to the regulations pro19 mulgated under subsection (a)(1)’’. 

20 SEC. 1107. AMENDMENTS TO CONTROL OF ARMS EXPORTS 

21 AND IMPORTS. 

22 (a) REVISION OF STANDARD FOR VIOLATION; AMOUNT

23 OF PENALTIES.—Section 38(c) (22 U.S.C. 2778(c)) is 

24 amended—
222

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) by striking ‘‘willfully’’ each place it appears 

2 and inserting ‘‘knowingly’’; 

3 (2) by striking ‘‘this section or section 39’’ and 

4 inserting ‘‘this section, section 39, or section 40’’; and 

5 (3) by striking ‘‘$1,000,000’’ and inserting 

6 ‘‘$1,000,000 (in the case of a violation of this section 

7 or section 39), $2,000,000 (in the case of a violation 

8 involving any country covered by section 40), and 

9 $1,500,000 (in the case of a violation involving any 

10 country other than a country covered by section 40 

11 that is subject by United States law or policy to an 

12 arms embargo)’’. 

13 (b) CIVIL PENALTIES.—Section 38(e) (22 U.S.C. 

14 2778(e)) is amended in the third sentence by striking 

15 ‘‘under this section may not exceed $500,000’’ and inserting 

16 ‘‘or any other activities subject to control under this section, 

17 section 39, or section 40, may not exceed $500,000 for each 

18 violation of section 38 or section 39, $1,000,000 for each 

19 violation involving any country covered by section 40, and 

20 $750,000 for each violation relating to an arms embargo 

21 (other than a violation covered by section 40)’’. 

22 (c) REVISION OF STANDARD FOR VIOLATION; CRIMI23 NAL PENALTY; CIVIL PENALTIES; ENFORCEMENT.—Section 

24 40 (22 U.S.C. 2780) is amended—

25 (1) in subsection (j)—
223

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (A) by striking ‘‘willfully’’ and inserting 

2 ‘‘knowingly’’; and 

3 (B) by striking ‘‘$1,000,000’’ and inserting 

4 ‘‘$2,000,000’’; and 

5 (2) in subsection (k), by striking ‘‘$500,000’’ and 

6 inserting ‘‘$1,000,000’’. 

7 (d) DEFINITIONS.—Section 47(7) (22 U.S.C. 2794(7)) 

8 is amended to read as follows: 

9 ‘‘(7)(A) ‘defense articles’, with respect to exports 

10 subject to sections 38, 39, and 40 of this Act, has the 

11 meaning given such term in sections 120–130 of title 

12 22, Code of Federal Regulations (commonly known as 

13 the ‘International Traffic in Arms Regulations’), as 

14 such regulations were in effect on January 1, 2003, 

15 and includes such additional articles as may be des16 ignated by the President under section 38(a)(1); and 

17 ‘‘(B) ‘defense services’, with respect to exports 

18 subject to sections 38, 39, and 40 of this Act, has the 

19 meaning given such term in sections 120–130 of title 

20 22, Code of Federal Regulations (commonly known as 

21 the ‘International Traffic in Arms Regulations’), as 

22 such regulations were in effect on January 1, 2003, 

23 and includes—
224

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(i) the provision of assistance (including 

2 aiding, abetting, or training) to foreign persons; 

3 and 

4 ‘‘(ii) such other activities as may be des5 ignated by the President pursuant to section 

6 38(a)(1).’’. 

7 SEC. 1108. HIGH RISK EXPORTS AND END USE 

8 VERIFICATION. 

9 Section 38(g)(7) (22 U.S.C. 2778) is amended by add10 ing at the end the following new sentence: ‘‘Such standards 

11 shall be coordinated biennially with the Secretary of Home12 land Security, the Attorney General, the Director of the 

13 Federal Bureau of Investigation, the Director of Central In14 telligence, and the heads of other Federal departments or 

15 agencies, as appropriate.’’. 

16 SEC. 1109. CONCURRENT JURISDICTION OF THE FEDERAL 

17 BUREAU OF INVESTIGATION. 

18 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress 

19 that, in view of the responsibilities of the Federal Bureau 

20 of Investigation for protecting the United States against 

21 terrorist attack, foreign intelligence operations, high tech22 nology crimes, and transnational criminal organizations 

23 and enterprises, the Federal Bureau of Investigation should 

24 be provided authority to investigate and enforce violations 

25 of the Arms Export Control Act without adversely affecting 
225

•HR 1950 RH 

1 the existing authority of the Bureau of Customs and Border 

2 Protection of the Department of Homeland Security. 

3 (b) COPY OF REGISTRATION.—Section 38(b)(1) (22 

4 U.S.C. 2778(b)) is amended—

5 (1) by redesignating the second subparagraph 

6 (B) as subparagraph (C); and 

7 (2) in subparagraph (B)—

8 (A) in the first sentence, by inserting ‘‘and 

9 the Director of the Federal Bureau of Investiga10 tion’’ after ‘‘Secretary of Treasury’’; and 

11 (B) in the second sentence, by inserting 

12 ‘‘and the Director’’ after ‘‘The Secretary’’. 

13 (c) JURISDICTION OF FBI AND BUREAU OF CUS14 TOMS.—Section 38(e) (22 U.S.C. 2778(e)) is amended in 

15 the first sentence by adding at the end before the period 

16 the following: ‘‘, and except further, that the Federal Bureau 

17 of Investigation and the Bureau of Customs and Border 

18 Protection of the Department of Homeland Security shall 

19 have concurrent jurisdiction for criminal violations and en20 forcement of this Act’’. 

21 (d) MECHANISMS TO IDENTIFY PERSONS IN VIOLA22 TION OF CERTAIN PROVISIONS OF LAW.—Section 38(g) (22 

23 U.S.C. 2778(g)) is amended in the second sentence of para24 graph (3), in paragraph (4), and in paragraph (8) by in-
226

•HR 1950 RH 

1 serting ‘‘and the Director of the Federal Bureau of Inves2 tigation’’ after ‘‘Secretary of Treasury’’. 

3 SEC. 1110. REPORT ON FOREIGN-SUPPLIED DEFENSE ARTI4 CLES, DEFENSE SERVICES, AND DUAL USE 

5 GOODS AND TECHNOLOGY DISCOVERED IN 

6 IRAQ. 

7 (a) REPORT.—

8 (1) IN GENERAL.—Not later than 180 days after 

9 the date of the enactment of this Act, and on annual 

10 basis thereafter as appropriate, the President shall 

11 prepare and transmit to the congressional committees 

12 specified in paragraph (2) a written report on for13 eign-supplied defense articles, defense services, and 

14 dual use goods and technology supplied to Iraq since 

15 the adoption of United Nations Security Council Res16 olution 687 (April 3, 1991) and discovered in Iraq 

17 since the inception of Operation Iraqi Freedom or 

18 identified as having been in Iraq at any time since 

19 April 3, 1991, and not destroyed or otherwise ac20 counted for by the United Nations Special Commis21 sion (UNSCOM) or the United Nations Monitoring, 

22 Verification and Inspection Commission 

23 (UNMOVIC). 
227

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES SPECIFIED.—

2 The congressional committees referred to in para3 graph (1) are—

4 (A) the Committee on International Rela5 tions and the Committee on Armed Services of 

6 the House of Representatives; and 

7 (B) the Committee on Foreign Relations 

8 and the Committee on Armed Services of the 

9 Senate. 

10 (b) CONTENTS.—The report required by subsection (a) 

11 shall include information on defense articles, defense serv12 ices, and dual use goods and technology discovered in ac13 cordance with such subsection, including a description of 

14 such articles, services, and goods and technology by category 

15 or type, quantity, country of origin (if known), manufac16 turer (if known), date of acquisition (if known), and, in 

17 the case of dual use goods and technology, the use or in18 tended use or deployment (if known) and whether the goods 

19 or technology are covered by any arms control agreement 

20 or nonproliferation arrangement to which the United States 

21 is a party. 

22 (c) FORM.—The report required by subsection (a) shall 

23 be transmitted in unclassified form to the maximum extent 

24 practicable, but may contain a classified annex if necessary. 
228

•HR 1950 RH 

1 TITLE XII—STRENGTHENING 

2 MUNITIONS EXPORT CONTROLS 

3 SEC. 1201. CONTROL OF ITEMS ON MISSILE TECHNOLOGY 

4 CONTROL REGIME ANNEX. 

5 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress 

6 that all proposals to export or transfer to foreign persons 

7 by other means, whether in the United States or abroad, 

8 and any other activities subject to regulation under section 

9 38, 39, or 40 of the Arms Export Control Act, relating to 

10 items on the Missile Technology Control Regime Annex, 

11 should be accorded stringent control and scrutiny consistent 

12 with the purposes of section 71 of the Arms Export Control 

13 Act (22 U.S.C. 2797). 

14 (b) CONTROL OF ITEMS ON MTCR ANNEX.—The Sec15 retary, in coordination with the Secretary of Commerce, the 

16 Attorney General, and the Secretary of Defense, shall ensure 

17 that all items on the MTCR Annex are subject to stringent 

18 control by the United States Government pursuant to the 

19 International Traffic in Arms Regulations and the Export 

20 Administration Regulations. 

21 (c) CERTIFICATION.—Not later than March 1 of each 

22 year, the Secretary, in coordination with the Secretary of 

23 Commerce, the Attorney General and the Secretary of De24 fense, shall prepare and submit to the appropriate congres25 sional committees a report that contains—
229

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) a certification that the requirement of sub2 section (b) has been met for the prior year, or if the 

3 requirement has not been met, the reasons therefor; 

4 and 

5 (2) a description of the updated coverage, if any, 

6 of the regulations referred to in subsection (b) with re7 spect to all items on the MTCR Annex and an expla8 nation of any areas of overlap or omissions, if any, 

9 among the regulations. 

10 SEC. 1202. CERTIFICATIONS RELATING TO EXPORT OF CER11 TAIN DEFENSE ARTICLES AND SERVICES. 

12 Section 36(c) (22 U.S.C. 2776(c)) is amended—

13 (1) in the first sentence of paragraph (1), by in14 serting after ‘‘$1,000,000 or more’’ the following: ‘‘, 

15 or, notwithstanding section 27(g) of this Act, for any 

16 special comprehensive authorization under sections 

17 120–130 of title 22, Code of Federal Regulations 

18 (commonly known as the ‘International Traffic in 

19 Arms Regulations’) for the export of defense articles 

20 or defense services in an aggregate amount of 

21 $100,000,000 or more’’; 

22 (2) in paragraph (2)—

23 (A) by striking subparagraph (B); and 

24 (B) by redesignating subparagraph (C) as 

25 subparagraph (B); and 
230

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) in the matter preceding subparagraph (A) of 

2 paragraph (5), by inserting ‘‘or paragraph (2)’’ after 

3 ‘‘paragraph (1)’’. 

4 SEC. 1203. NOTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS FOR TECHNICAL 

5 ASSISTANCE AND MANUFACTURING LICENS6 ING AGREEMENTS WITH NATO MEMBER 

7 COUNTRIES, AUSTRALIA, NEW ZEALAND, AND 

8 JAPAN. 

9 Section 36(d) (22 U.S.C. 2776(d)) is amended by add10 ing at the end the following: 

11 ‘‘(6) In the case of a commercial technical assistance 

12 or manufacturing license agreement with a member country 

13 of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO) or Aus14 tralia, Japan, or New Zealand that does not authorize a 

15 new sales territory that includes any country other than 

16 such countries, the requirements contained in paragraphs 

17 (2) and (4) shall apply only if—

18 ‘‘(A) the agreement involves—

19 ‘‘(i) major defense equipment in the amount 

20 of $7,000,000 or more; or 

21 ‘‘(ii) significant military equipment in the 

22 amount of $25,000,000 or more; and 

23 ‘‘(B) the amount referred to in clause (i) or (ii) 

24 of subparagraph (A), as the case may be, includes the 

25 estimated value of all defense articles and defense 
231

•HR 1950 RH 

1 services to be manufactured or transferred throughout 

2 the duration of the approval period.’’. 

3 SEC. 1204. STRENGTHENING DEFENSE COOPERATION WITH 

4 AUSTRALIA AND THE UNITED KINGDOM. 

5 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress 

6 that the expeditious consideration of munitions license ap7 plications that meet the policy and eligibility criteria estab8 lished in section 38 of the Arms Export Control Act (22 

9 U.S.C. 2778) for export or transfer of defense items (as such 

10 term is defined in subsection (j)(4)(A) of such section) to 

11 Australia and the United Kingdom is fully consistent with 

12 United States security and foreign policy interests and the 

13 objectives of world peace and security. 

14 (b) ESTABLISHMENT OF FAST TRACK MUNITIONS LI15 CENSING FOR AUSTRALIA AND THE UNITED KINGDOM.—

16 Section 38(f) (22 U.S.C. 2778(f)) is amended by adding at 

17 the end the following: 

18 ‘‘(4) In the absence of a binding bilateral agreement 

19 with the Government of Australia or the Government of the 

20 United Kingdom (as the case may be) that meets the re21 quirements of paragraph (2) and subsection (j), the Sec22 retary of State shall ensure that any application submitted 

23 under this section for the export of defense items to Aus24 tralia or the United Kingdom (as the case may be) that 

25 meets all other requirements of this section (including re-
232

•HR 1950 RH 

1 quirements relating to eligibility of parties to the trans2 action, the absence of risk of diversion to unauthorized end 

3 use and end users, and preservation of United States intel4 ligence and law enforcement interests), and which are also 

5 transactions involving defense items that would be exempt 

6 pursuant to sections 120–130 of title 22, Code of Federal 

7 Regulations (commonly known as the ‘International Traffic 

8 in Arms Regulations’) from export licensing or other writ9 ten approvals if such items were items to be exported to 

10 Canada, are processed by the Department of State not later 

11 than ten days after the date of receipt of the application 

12 without referral to any other Federal department or agency, 

13 except on an extraordinary basis upon receipt of a written 

14 request from the Attorney General, the Secretary of Home15 land Security, the Director of Central Intelligence, or the 

16 Secretary of Defense.’’. 

17 SEC. 1205. TRAINING AND LIAISON FOR SMALL BUSI18 NESSES. 

19 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress 

20 that it is increasingly important that the Secretary, in ad21 ministering the licensing, registration, compliance, and 

22 other authorities contained in section 38 of the Arms Export 

23 Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778), should provide up-to-date 

24 training and other educational assistance to small busi-
233

•HR 1950 RH 

1 nesses in the United States aerospace and defense industrial 

2 sector. 

3 (b) SMALL BUSINESS LIAISON.—Not later than 180 

4 days after the date of the enactment of this Act, the Sec5 retary shall designate, within the Office of Defense Trade 

6 Controls of the Department of State, a coordinator for small 

7 business affairs. The coordinator shall serve as a liaison for 

8 small businesses in the United States aerospace and defense 

9 industrial sector with respect to licensing and registration 

10 requirements in order to facilitate the compliance and other 

11 forms of participation by such small businesses in the 

12 United States munitions control system, including by pro13 viding training, technical assistance, and through other ef14 forts as may be appropriate. 

15 SEC. 1206. STUDY AND REPORT RELATING TO CO-LOCATING 

16 MUNITIONS CONTROL FUNCTIONS OF THE 

17 DEPARTMENTS OF STATE, DEFENSE, AND 

18 HOMELAND SECURITY. 

19 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress 

20 that the administrative, licensing, and compliance-related 

21 functions associated with the export of defense articles and 

22 defense services under section 38 of the Arms Export Control 

23 Act (22 U.S.C. 2778), which are generally administered by 

24 the Department of State in conjunction with the Depart25 ment of Homeland Security and the Department of Defense,
234

•HR 1950 RH 

1 should be expedited consistent with United States security, 

2 law enforcement, and foreign policy requirements by a re3 duction in the those matters necessitating inter-agency re4 ferral outside of the Department of State, or by co-locating 

5 related functions of the Department of Homeland Security 

6 and the Department of Defense with those functions of the 

7 Department of State in order to minimize the time and ad8 ministrative tasks to government and industry involved in 

9 inter-agency referrals, while also providing a convenient, 

10 central location for United States defense companies, espe11 cially small businesses. 

12 (b) STUDY AND REPORT.—

13 (1) STUDY.—The Secretary, in consultation with 

14 the Secretary of Homeland Security and the Sec15 retary of Defense, and through the Federal advisory 

16 committee structure with the public, shall conduct a 

17 study to examine the relative advantages and dis18 advantages to the United States Government, the 

19 United States defense industry, including United 

20 States small businesses, and to other public constitu21 encies of co-locating relevant functions and personnel 

22 of the Department of State, the Department of Home23 land Security, and the Department of Defense with 

24 the Office of Defense Trade Controls of the Depart25 ment of State at a central location convenient to the 
235

•HR 1950 RH 

1 public and United States defense industry, without 

2 prejudice to the responsibilities and prerogatives of 

3 the Secretary, the Secretary of Homeland Security, 

4 and the Secretary of Defense under existing law. 

5 (2) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the 

6 date of the enactment of this Act, the Secretary shall 

7 prepare and submit to the appropriate congressional 

8 committees a report that contains the results of study 

9 conducted under paragraph (1). 

10 TITLE XIII—SECURITY ASSIST11 ANCE AND RELATED PROVI12 SIONS 

13 Subtitle A—Foreign Military Sales 

14 and Financing Authorities 

15 SEC. 1301. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. 

16 There are authorized to be appropriated to the Presi17 dent for grant assistance under section 23 of the Arms Ex18 port Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2763) and for the subsidy cost, 

19 as defined in section 502(5) of the Federal Credit Reform 

20 Act of 1990, of direct loans under such section 

21 $4,414,000,000 for fiscal year 2004. 

22 SEC. 1302. PROVISION OF CATALOGING DATA AND SERV23 ICES. 

24 Section 21(h)(2) (22 U.S.C. 2761(h)(2)) is amended by 

25 striking ‘‘or to any member government of that Organiza-
236

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tion if that Organization or member government’’ and in2 serting ‘‘, to any member of that Organization, or to the 

3 Governments of Australia, New Zealand, or Japan if that 

4 Organization, member government, or the Governments of 

5 Australia, New Zealand, or Japan’’. 

6 SEC. 1303. ANNUAL ESTIMATE AND JUSTIFICATION FOR 

7 SALES PROGRAM. 

8 Section 25(a)(1) (22 U.S.C. 2765(a)(1)) is amended 

9 by inserting after ‘‘$7,000,000 or more’’ the following ‘‘(or, 

10 in the case of a member country of the North Atlantic Trea11 ty Organization (NATO), Australia, New Zealand, or 

12 Japan, $25,000,000 or more)’’. 

13 SEC. 1304. ADJUSTMENT TO ADVANCE NOTIFICATION RE14 QUIREMENT FOR TRANSFER OF CERTAIN EX15 CESS DEFENSE ARTICLES. 

16 Section 516(f)(1) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 

17 (22 U.S.C. 2321i) is amended by striking ‘‘significant mili18 tary equipment (as defined in section 47(9) of the Arms 

19 Export Control Act)’’ and inserting ‘‘major defense equip20 ment (as defined in section 47(6) of the Arms Export Con21 trol Act)’’. 
237

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Subtitle B—International Military 

2 Education and Training 

3 SEC. 1311. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. 

4 There are authorized to be appropriated to the Presi5 dent $91,700,000 for fiscal year 2004 to carry out chapter 

6 5 of part II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 

7 2347 et seq.). 

8 SEC. 1312. ANNUAL FOREIGN MILITARY TRAINING REPORT9 ING. 

10 Section 656(a)(1) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 

11 (22 U.S.C. 2416(a)(1)) is amended—

12 (1) by striking ‘‘January 31’’ and inserting 

13 ‘‘March 1’’; and 

14 (2) by striking ‘‘and all such training proposed 

15 for the current fiscal year’’. 

16 Subtitle C—Assistance for Select 

17 Countries 

18 SEC. 1321. ASSISTANCE FOR ISRAEL. 

19 Section 513 of the Security Assistance Act of 2000 

20 (Public Law 106–280) is amended—

21 (1) in subsection (b)(1), by striking ‘‘2002 and 

22 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘2003 through 2005’’; 

23 (2) in subsection (c)(1), by striking ‘‘2002 and 

24 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘2003 through 2005’’; 

25 (3) in subsection (c)(3)—
238

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (A) by striking ‘‘fiscal years 2002 and 

2 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘fiscal years 2004 and 

3 2005’’; 

4 (B) by striking ‘‘fiscal year 2002’’ and in5 serting ‘‘fiscal year 2004’’; and 

6 (C) by striking ‘‘fiscal year 2003, or’’ and 

7 inserting ‘‘fiscal year 2005, or’’; and 

8 (4) in subsection (c)(4)—

9 (A) by striking ‘‘2002 and 2003’’ and in10 serting ‘‘2003 through 2005’’; and 

11 (B) by striking ‘‘$535,000,000 for fiscal 

12 year 2002’’ and all that follows through ‘‘fiscal 

13 year 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘$550,000,000 for fis14 cal year 2003, not less than $565,000,000 for fis15 cal year 2004, and not less than $580,000,000 

16 for fiscal year 2005’’. 

17 SEC. 1322. ASSISTANCE FOR EGYPT. 

18 Section 514 of the Security Assistance Act of 2000 

19 (Public Law 106–280) is amended—

20 (1) by striking ‘‘2002 and 2003’’ each place it 

21 appears and inserting ‘‘2003 through 2005’’; and 

22 (2) in subsection (e)—

23 (A) by striking ‘‘fiscal years 2002 and 

24 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘fiscal years 2004 and 

25 2005’’;
239

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (B) by striking ‘‘fiscal year 2002’’ and in2 serting ‘‘fiscal year 2004’’; and 

3 (C) by striking ‘‘fiscal year 2003, or’’ and 

4 inserting ‘‘fiscal year 2005, or’’. 

5 Subtitle D—Miscellaneous 

6 Provisions 

7 SEC. 1331. UNITED STATES WAR RESERVE STOCKPILES FOR 

8 ALLIES. 

9 Section 514(b)(2) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 

10 (22 U.S.C. 2321h(b)(2)) is amended—

11 (1) in subparagraph (A), by striking ‘‘for fiscal 

12 year 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘for each of fiscal years 

13 2003 and 2004’’; and 

14 (2) in subparagraph (B), by striking ‘‘for fiscal 

15 year 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘for each of fiscal years 

16 2003 and 2004’’. 

17 SEC. 1332. TRANSFER TO ISRAEL OF CERTAIN DEFENSE AR18 TICLES IN THE UNITED STATES WAR RE19 SERVE STOCKPILES FOR ALLIES. 

20 (a) AUTHORIZATION.—Notwithstanding section 514 of 

21 the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2321h), the 

22 President is authorized to transfer to Israel, in return for 

23 concessions to be negotiated by the Secretary of Defense, 

24 with the concurrence of the Secretary, defense articles, in-
240

•HR 1950 RH 

1 cluding armor, artillery, ammunition for automatic weap2 ons, missiles, and other munitions that are—

3 (1) obsolete or surplus items; 

4 (2) in the inventory of the Department of De5 fense; 

6 (3) intended for use as reserve stocks in Israel; 

7 and 

8 (4) are located in a stockpile in Israel as of the 

9 date of enactment of this Act. 

10 (b) CONCESSIONS.—The value of concessions nego11 tiated pursuant to subsection (a) shall be at least equal to 

12 the fair market value of the items transferred. The conces13 sions may include cash compensation, services, waiver of 

14 charges otherwise payable by the United States, and other 

15 items of value. 

16 (c) ADVANCE NOTIFICATION OF TRANSFER.—

17 (1) IN GENERAL.—Not less than 30 days before 

18 making a transfer under the authority of this section, 

19 the President shall transmit a notification describing 

20 the items to be transferred to Israel and the conces21 sions to be received by the United States to the con22 gressional committees specified in paragraph (2). 

23 (2) CONGRESSIONAL COMMITTEES SPECIFIED.—

24 The congressional committees referred to in para25 graph (1) are—
241

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (A) the Committee on International Rela2 tions and the Committee on Armed Services of 

3 the House of Representatives; and 

4 (B) the Committee on Foreign Relations 

5 and the Committee on Armed Services of the 

6 Senate. 

7 (d) EXPIRATION OF AUTHORITY.—No transfer may be 

8 made under the authority of this section following the expi9 ration of the five-year period beginning on the date of enact10 ment of this Act. 

11 SEC. 1333. EXPANSION OF AUTHORITIES FOR LOAN OF MA12 TERIAL, SUPPLIES, AND EQUIPMENT FOR RE13 SEARCH AND DEVELOPMENT PURPOSES. 

14 Section 65 (22 U.S.C. 2796d) is amended—

15 (1) in subsection (a)(1), by inserting ‘‘or a 

16 friendly foreign country’’ after ‘‘ally’’ each place such 

17 term appears; and 

18 (2) in subsection (d) to read as follows: 

19 ‘‘(d) For purposes of this section—

20 ‘‘(1) the term ‘NATO ally’ means a member 

21 country of the North Atlantic Treaty Organization 

22 (other than the United States); and 

23 ‘‘(2) the term ‘friendly foreign country’ means 

24 any non-NATO member country determined by the 

25 President to be eligible for a cooperative project agree-
242

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ment with the United States pursuant to section 27(j) 

2 of this Act.’’. 

3 SEC. 1334. ASSISTANCE FOR DEMINING AND RELATED AC4 TIVITIES. 

5 (a) ASSISTANCE.—The Secretary is authorized to pro6 vide grants to, or enter into contracts or cooperative agree7 ments with, public-private partnerships for the purpose of 

8 establishing and carrying out demining, clearance of 

9 unexploded ordnance, and related activities in foreign coun10 tries. 

11 (b) LIMITATION.—Except as otherwise provided, the 

12 total amount provided on a grant basis to public-private 

13 partnerships under subsection (a) for a fiscal year may not 

14 exceed $450,000. 

15 (c) FUNDING.—Amounts made available to carry out 

16 ‘‘Nonproliferation, Anti-Terrorism, Demining, and Related 

17 Programs’’ for fiscal year 2004 are authorized to be made 

18 available to carry out this section. 

19 SEC. 1335. REPORTS RELATING TO TREATY BETWEEN THE 

20 UNITED STATES AND THE RUSSIAN FEDERA21 TION ON STRATEGIC OFFENSIVE REDUC22 TIONS. 

23 The President shall submit to the Committee on Inter24 national Relations of the House of Representatives all re25 ports submitted to the Committee on Foreign Relations pur-
243

•HR 1950 RH 

1 suant to section 2 of the Senate Resolution of Ratification 

2 to Accompany Treaty Document 107–8, Treaty Between the 

3 United States of America and the Russian Federation on 

4 Strategic Offensive Reductions. 

5 SEC. 1336. STATEMENT OF HOUSE OF REPRESENTATIVES 

6 REGARDING THE TREATY BETWEEN THE 

7 UNITED STATES AND THE RUSSIAN FEDERA8 TION ON STRATEGIC OFFENSIVE REDUC9 TIONS. 

10 The House of Representatives—

11 (1) concurs with the declarations of the Sen12 ate in section 3 of the Resolution of Ratification 

13 to Accompany Treaty Document 107–8, Treaty 

14 Between the United States of America and the 

15 Russian Federation on Strategic Offensive Re16 ductions; 

17 (2) encourages the President to continue 

18 strategic offensive reductions to the lowest pos19 sible levels consistent with national security re20 quirements and alliance obligations of the 

21 United States; 

22 (3) urges the President to engage the Rus23 sian Federation with the objectives of estab24 lishing cooperative measures to give each party 

25 to the Treaty Between the United States of
244

•HR 1950 RH 

1 America and the Russian Federation on Stra2 tegic Offensive Reductions improved confidence 

3 regarding the accurate accounting and security 

4 of nonstrategic nuclear weapons maintained by 

5 the other party; and 

6 (4) encourages the President to accelerate 

7 United States strategic force reductions, to the 

8 extent feasible and consistent with the treaty, in 

9 order that the reductions required by Article I of 

10 the Treaty Between the United States of America 

11 and the Russian Federation on Strategic Offen12 sive Reductions may be achieved prior to Decem13 ber 31, 2012. 

14 SEC. 1337. NONPROLIFERATION AND DISARMAMENT FUND. 

15 (a) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—

16 (1) IN GENERAL.—There are authorized to be ap17 propriated to the President to carry out section 504 

18 of the Freedom for Russia and Emerging Eurasian 

19 Democracies and Open Markets Support Act of 1992 

20 (22 U.S.C. 5854; relating to the ‘‘Nonproliferation 

21 and Disarmament Fund’’) $60,000,000 for each of the 

22 fiscal years 2004 and 2005. 

23 (2) AVAILABILITY.—Amounts appropriated pur24 suant to the authorization of appropriations under 
245

•HR 1950 RH 

1 paragraph (1) are authorized to remain available 

2 until expended. 

3 (b) NONPROLIFERATION OF HIGHLY ENRICHED URA4 NIUM.—

5 (1) FINDINGS.—Congress finds the following: 

6 (A) Highly enriched uranium is the most 

7 likely source material for terrorist or other out8 law organizations that seek to acquire a nuclear 

9 weapon. 

10 (B) Such organizations are not likely to 

11 produce this source material on their own, but 

12 will instead look to divert highly enriched ura13 nium from some of the many vulnerable stock14 piles in numerous facilities around the world. 

15 (C) There is a need for a coordinated 

16 United States Government initiative to secure 

17 and dispose of highly enriched uranium stock18 piles in these vulnerable facilities around the 

19 world. 

20 (D) The Nonproliferation and Disarmament 

21 Fund (NDF) is a unique and flexible entity that 

22 is well-suited to carry out the initiative described 

23 in subparagraph (C), in cooperation with other 

24 Federal departments and agencies, including the 

25 Department of Energy. 
246

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) INITIATIVE.—The Secretary of State is au2 thorized to establish and carry out an initiative to se3 cure and dispose of highly enriched uranium stock4 piles in foreign countries, including the provision of 

5 such assistance as may be required to secure host 

6 country cooperation under the initiative. 

7 (3) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Of 

8 the amounts made available to carry out section 504 

9 of the Freedom for Russia and Emerging Eurasian 

10 Democracies and Open Markets Support Act of 1992 

11 (22 U.S.C. 5854) for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, 

12 there are authorized to be appropriated to the Sec13 retary to carry out paragraph (2) $25,000,000 for 

14 each such fiscal year. 

15 SEC. 1338. MARITIME INTERDICTION PATROL BOATS FOR 

16 MOZAMBIQUE. 

17 (a) IN GENERAL.—Of the amounts made available to 

18 carry out section 23 of the Arms Export Control Act for 

19 fiscal year 2004, there is authorized to be appropriated 

20 $1,000,000 for refurbishment, delivery, operational train21 ing, and related costs associated with the provision of not 

22 more than four excess coastal patrol boats to the Govern23 ment of Mozambique for maritime patrol and interdiction 

24 activities. 
247

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) AVAILABILITY.—Amounts appropriated pursuant 

2 to the authorization of appropriations under subsection (a) 

3 are authorized to remain available until September 30, 

4 2006. 

5 SEC. 1339. REPORT ON MISSILE DEFENSE COOPERATION. 

6 Not later than December 31, 2003, and December 31, 

7 2004, the Secretary of State shall submit to the appropriate 

8 congressional committees a report on cooperative efforts that 

9 have been undertaken by the United States with foreign gov10 ernments to foster the development and deployment of de11 fenses against missile attack. Such report shall include a 

12 detailed description of such efforts on a country-by-country 

13 basis, and may be submitted in classified and unclassified 

14 form, as appropriate. 

15 SEC. 1340. IRAN’S PROGRAM TO DEVELOP A NUCLEAR EX16 PLOSIVE DEVICE. 

17 (a) FINDINGS.—Congress finds the following: 

18 (1) Iran, as a party to the Treaty on the Non19 Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, has legally for20 sworn developing or acquiring nuclear weapons. 

21 (2) Iran has for more than a decade pursued a 

22 program aimed at the development of a nuclear explo23 sive device. 

24 (3) Director of Central Intelligence George Tenet 

25 has repeatedly warned of Iran’s clandestine efforts to
248

•HR 1950 RH 

1 acquire weapons of mass destruction, stating as re2 cently as February 11, 2003, in testimony before Con3 gress that ‘‘Iran is continuing to pursue development 

4 of a nuclear fuel cycle for civilian and nuclear weap5 ons purposes . . . [and further that] Tehran may be 

6 able to indigenously produce enough fissile material 

7 for a nuclear weapon’’ within this decade. 

8 (4) On March 17, 2003, Dr. el Baradei, Director 

9 General of the International Atomic Energy Agency 

10 (IAEA), called on Iran to agree to a more intrusive 

11 monitoring regime at its nuclear sites and demanded 

12 that Iran, which is a signatory to the Nuclear Non13 Proliferation Treaty, agree to an ‘‘additional pro14 tocol’’ under the IAEA’s nuclear inspection rights, 

15 which would enable more intrusive monitoring. 

16 (5) In early 2003 Iran announced plans to mine 

17 its own natural uranium and admitted constructing 

18 two nuclear facilities, one a gas centrifuge uranium 

19 enrichment facility and the other a heavy water pro20 duction plant. 

21 (6) A uranium enrichment facility would give 

22 Iran the capability to indigenously produce nuclear23 weapons grade uranium. Further, heavy water is used 

24 in reactors that not only produce weapons-grade plu-
249

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tonium, but also tritium, a key ingredient in boosted2 fission weapons. 

3 (7) At the same time, Iran has been developing 

4 long-range missiles that could deliver nuclear explo5 sive devices. Director of Central Intelligence Tenet has 

6 warned that Iran could flight test an intercontinental 

7 ballistic missile later this decade. 

8 (8) Iran has received considerable assistance in 

9 its nuclear program and in its missile development 

10 program from the Russian Federation, the People’s 

11 Republic of China, and North Korea. 

12 (9) Congress has long been seized with finding 

13 ways to deter or delay Iran’s acquisition or develop14 ment of such deadly weapons, including through the 

15 enactment of the Iran-Iraq Arms Non-Proliferation 

16 Act of 1992, the Iran Libya Sanctions Act of 1996, 

17 the Iran Non-Proliferation Act of 2000, and the Iran 

18 Nuclear Proliferation Prevention Act of 2002. 

19 (10) Successive Administrations have similarly 

20 sought to deter or delay Iran’s acquisition or develop21 ment of such weapons by such measures as elevating 

22 Iran’s proliferation behavior in bilateral relations 

23 with the Russian Federation and the People’s Repub24 lic of China, sanctioning entities of the Russian Fed25 eration providing technology or expertise to Iran’s 
250

•HR 1950 RH 

1 nuclear and missile programs, and urging multilat2 eral export control regimes to deny sensitive tech3 nology to proliferators like Iran. 

4 (11) President Bush included Iran as one of the 

5 countries that comprise the ‘‘axis of evil’’ in his Jan6 uary 2002 State of the Union Address because of its 

7 efforts to develop weapons of mass destruction and its 

8 support of international terrorism. Iran has been the 

9 principle supporter and supplier to Hizballah in 

10 southern Lebanon, Hamas, and Islamic Jihad. Fur11 ther, the leaders of Iran have publicly called for the 

12 destruction of the State of Israel. 

13 (12) A nuclear-armed Iran would pose a grave 

14 threat to the national security of the United States 

15 and to our allies in the region. 

16 (b) STATEMENT OF POLICY.—Congress—

17 (1) finds that Iran’s support of terrorism and its 

18 efforts to develop nuclear weapons are a grave threat 

19 to the national security of the United States and its 

20 allies and to the United States Armed Forces; 

21 (2) declares that the United States and our 

22 friends and allies must make maximum efforts to pre23 vent Iran from developing or acquiring nuclear weap24 ons and the missiles to deliver them; 
251

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) urges the President to use all appropriate 

2 means to prevent Iran from gaining such capabilities; 

3 (4) urges the International Atomic Energy Agen4 cy (IAEA) to employ the full range of its inspection 

5 authorities to ensure that Iran’s nuclear program is 

6 used for peaceful purposes only; 

7 (5) encourages Iran to sign and ratify the new 

8 nuclear safeguards protocol, the ‘‘Model Additional 

9 Protocol (INFCIRC/540-Corr)’’ to the Treaty on the 

10 Non-Proliferation of Nuclear Weapons, which would 

11 demonstrate Iran’s commitment to sharing informa12 tion about its nuclear program with the IAEA and 

13 the international community and to full disclosure 

14 and transparency about its nuclear program; and 

15 (6) urges the United States resident representa16 tive to the IAEA to work with the Board of Governors 

17 of the IAEA on guidelines for early identification of 

18 noncompliance with the Nuclear Non-Proliferation 

19 Treaty. 

20 TITLE XIV—MISSILE THREAT 

21 REDUCTION ACT OF 2003

22 SEC. 1401. SHORT TITLE. 

23 This title may be cited as the ‘‘Missile Threat Reduc24 tion Act of 2003’’. 
252

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Subtitle A—Strengthening Inter2 national Missile Nonprolifera3 tion Law 

4 SEC. 1411. FINDINGS. 

5 Congress makes the following findings: 

6 (1) The spread of offensive ballistic missiles suit7 able for launching nuclear, chemical, and biological 

8 warheads is accelerating across the globe. 

9 (2) According to the Carnegie Endowment for 

10 International Peace, more than 25 countries possess 

11 missiles with ranges in excess of 300 kilometers and 

12 capable of delivering a nuclear warhead. 

13 (3)(A) Many of the countries now possessing 

14 such missiles, and engaging in the sale and transfer 

15 of such missiles and their production technology to 

16 other countries, are directly hostile to the United 

17 States, its interests, and its allies. 

18 (B) Of particular concern in this regard is North 

19 Korea, which regularly sells ballistic missiles and 

20 technology to countries in regions of instability and 

21 concern to the United States. 

22 (4) The Central Intelligence Agency has stated in 

23 its most recent report on the foreign ballistic missile 

24 threat the following:
253

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘Emerging ballistic missile states continue 

2 to increase the range, reliability, and accuracy of 

3 the missile systems in their inventories—posing 

4 ever greater risks to U.S. forces, interests, and 

5 allies throughout the world. A decade ago, U.S. 

6 and allied forces abroad faced threats from 

7 SRBM’s [Short Range Ballistic Missiles]—pri8 marily the Scud and its variants. Today, coun9 tries have deployed or are on the verge of deploy10 ing MRBM’s [Medium Range Ballistic Missiles], 

11 placing greater numbers of targets at risk. 

12 ‘‘Proliferation of ballistic missile-related 

13 technologies, materials, and expertise—especially 

14 by Russian, Chinese, and North Korean enti15 ties—has enabled emerging missile states to ac16 celerate the development timelines for their exist17 ing programs, acquire turnkey systems to gain 

18 previously non-existent capabilities—in the case 

19 of the Chinese sale of the M–11 SRBM to Paki20 stan—and lay the groundwork for the expansion 

21 of domestic infrastructures to potentially accom22 modate even more capable and longer range fu23 ture systems.’’. 

24 (5) The same CIA report also noted the fol25 lowing: ‘‘North Korea has assumed the role as the 
254

•HR 1950 RH 

1 missile and manufacturing technology source for 

2 many programs. North Korean willingness to sell 

3 complete systems and components has enabled other 

4 states to acquire longer range capabilities earlier than 

5 otherwise would have been possible—notably the sale 

6 of the No Dong MRBM to Pakistan. The North also 

7 has helped countries to acquire technologies to serve as 

8 the basis for domestic development efforts—as with 

9 Iran’s reverse-engineering of the No Dong in the 

10 Shahab-3 program. Meanwhile, Iran is expanding its 

11 efforts to sell missile technology.’’. 

12 (6) Since 1987, 33 countries have committed to 

13 abide by a voluntary set of guidelines known as the 

14 Missile Technology Control Regime (MTCR), whereby 

15 adherents agreed to refrain from the transfer to non16 adherents of certain categories of whole missiles, their 

17 constituent parts, and the facilities to manufacture 

18 them, especially ‘‘Category I’’ missiles, which at a 

19 range of 300 kilometers or more and a payload capac20 ity of 500 kilograms or more are especially suited for 

21 delivering nuclear weapons. 

22 (7) In October 2002, 93 countries committed to 

23 observe a nonbinding code of conduct derived from, 

24 but less restrictive than, the nonbinding MTCR. While 

25 this is a welcome achievement, it does not provide a 
255

•HR 1950 RH 

1 legal obligation on its adherents to refrain from the 

2 trade in missiles or missile technology. 

3 (8) On December 10, 2002, the White House re4 leased its ‘‘National Strategy to Combat Weapons of 

5 Mass Destruction’’, wherein it is stated that strength6 ening international nonproliferation controls on 

7 weapons of mass destruction (WMD) and upon the 

8 missiles that can deliver them is the second of three 

9 principal pillars of the National Strategy. The Na10 tional Strategy also states that ‘‘effective interdiction 

11 is a critical part of the U.S. strategy to combat WMD 

12 and their delivery means’’. 

13 (9) On December 11, 2002, the United States 

14 took control of an unflagged freighter that was at15 tempting clandestinely to ship, from North Korea to 

16 Yemen, SCUD missiles of a type that would be gen17 erally prohibited from transfer as Category I missiles. 

18 (10) Neither North Korea nor Yemen is an ad19 herent to the MTCR guidelines, which in any case are 

20 not legally binding, and there is no binding inter21 national legal instrument that would prohibit ship22 ments of the missiles referred to in paragraph (9). 

23 (11) At Yemen’s request, the United States re24 leased the shipment of North Korean Scud missiles to 

25 Yemen. 
256

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (12) Also on December 11, 2002, the White 

2 House press spokesman stated that existing inter3 national law regarding halting the spread of missile 

4 proliferation could be strengthened. The new National 

5 Strategy to Combat Weapons of Mass Destruction also 

6 commits the United States to support those regimes 

7 that are currently in force, and to work to improve 

8 the effectiveness of, and compliance with, those re9 gimes, and identifies the MTCR as a regime that the 

10 United States will seek to strengthen. 

11 (13) Secretary of Defense Donald Rumsfeld, tes12 tifying on February 12, 2003, before the Committee 

13 on Armed Services of the Senate, stated the following: 

14 ‘‘. . . [I]t’s pretty clear that the proliferation regimes 

15 that exist in the world worked pretty well before, [but] 

16 they’re not working very well right now. . . . [U]nless 

17 the world wakes up and says this is a dangerous 

18 thing and creates a set of regimes that will in fact get 

19 cooperation to stop those weapons, we’re going to be 

20 facing a very serious situation in the next five 

21 years.’’. 

22 (14) The MTCR has made an invaluable con23 tribution to restraint in the international trade of of24 fensive ballistic missiles. Strengthening international 

25 controls on ballistic missiles, however, will require a 
257

•HR 1950 RH 

1 dramatic expansion of adherents that rigorously abide 

2 by the MTCR’s guidelines, and a binding legal basis 

3 for the United Nations and countries devoted to non4 proliferation to prevent, and when necessary act to 

5 prevent, further proliferation of offensive ballistic 

6 missiles around the world. 

7 (15) Therefore, it should be the policy of the 

8 United States to promote the creation of new inter9 national mechanisms that would, in all future cir10 cumstances, allow the peace-loving and law-abiding 

11 nations of the world the authority to interdict and 

12 prevent the transfer of such missiles. 

13 SEC. 1412. POLICY OF THE UNITED STATES. 

14 It shall be the policy of the United States to seek a 

15 binding international instrument or instruments to restrict 

16 the trade in offensive ballistic missiles with ranges of 300 

17 kilometers or more that have a payload capacity of 500 kilo18 grams or more. Such a binding international instrument 

19 may take the form of a multilateral treaty, a United Na20 tions Security Council resolution, or other instrument of 

21 international law, and should provide for enforcement 

22 measures including interdiction, seizure, and impoundment 

23 of illicit shipments of offensive ballistic missiles and related 

24 technology, equipment, and components.
258

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1413. SENSE OF CONGRESS. 

2 It is the sense of the Congress that the United States 

3 should immediately introduce a resolution in the United 

4 Nations Security Council to prohibit all members of the 

5 United Nations from purchasing, receiving, assisting or al6 lowing the transfer of, and to authorize the subsequent 

7 interdiction, seizure, and impoundment of, any missile, 

8 missile-related equipment, means of producing missiles, or 

9 missile-related technology from North Korea. 

10 Subtitle B—Strengthening United 

11 States Missile Nonproliferation 

12 Law 

13 SEC. 1421. PROBATIONARY PERIOD FOR FOREIGN PERSONS. 

14 (a) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other provi15 sion of law, upon the expiration, or the granting of a waiv16 er, on or after January 1, 2003, of sanctions against a for17 eign person imposed under section 73(a) of the Arms Export 

18 Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2797b(a)) or under section 

19 11B(b)(1) of the Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 

20 U.S.C. App. 2410b(b)(1)), as continued in effect under the 

21 International Emergency Economic Powers Act, a license 

22 shall be required, for a period of not less than 3 years, for 

23 the export to that foreign person of all items controlled for 

24 export under section 5 or 6 of the Export Administration 

25 Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2404, 2405), as continued in 

26 effect under the International Emergency Economic Powers 
259

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Act, in accordance with the Export Administration Regula2 tions. 

3 (b) TERMINATION.—Subsection (a) shall not apply to 

4 a foreign person 30 days after the President notifies the 

5 Committee on International Relations of the House of Rep6 resentatives and the Committee on Banking, Housing, and 

7 Urban Affairs and the Committee on Foreign Relations of 

8 the Senate that he has determined that—

9 (1) the foreign person has—

10 (A) ceased all activity related to the origi11 nal imposition of sanctions under section 73(a) 

12 of the Arms Export Control Act or section 

13 11B(b)(A) of the Export Administration Act of 

14 1979, as the case may be; and 

15 (B) has instituted a program of trans16 parency measures whereby the United States will 

17 be able to verify for at least a period of 3 years 

18 that the foreign person is not engaging in pro19 hibited activities under those provisions of law 

20 referred to in paragraph (1); and 

21 (2) there has been an appropriate resolution of 

22 the original violation or violations, such as financial 

23 penalties, incarceration, destruction of prohibited 

24 items, or other appropriate measures taken to prevent 

25 a recurrence of the violation or violations. 
260

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1422. STRENGTHENING UNITED STATES MISSILE PRO2 LIFERATION SANCTIONS ON FOREIGN PER3 SONS. 

4 (a) ARMS EXPORT CONTROL ACT.—Section 73(a)(2) 

5 (22 U.S.C. 2797b(a)(2)) is amended by striking ‘‘2 years’’ 

6 each place it appears and inserting ‘‘4 years’’. 

7 (b) PUBLIC INFORMATION.—Section 73(e)(2) (22 

8 U.S.C. 2797b(e)(2)) is amended by adding at the end the 

9 following new sentence: ‘‘Such report may be classified only 

10 to the extent necessary to protect intelligence sources and 

11 methods. If the report is so classified, the President shall 

12 make every effort to acquire sufficient alternative informa13 tion that would allow a subsequent unclassified version of 

14 the report to be issued.’’. 

15 (c) EXPORT ADMINISTRATION ACT OF 1979.—Any 

16 sanction imposed on a foreign person under section 

17 11B(b)(1) of the Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 

18 U.S.C. App. 2410b(b)(1)), as continued in effect under the 

19 International Emergency Economic Powers Act, shall be in 

20 effect for a period of 4 years beginning on the date on which 

21 the sanction was imposed. 

22 (d) APPLICABILITY.—The amendments made by sub23 sections (a) and (b) and the provisions of subsection (c) 

24 shall apply to all sanctions imposed under section 73(a) 

25 of the Arms Export Control Act or section 11B(b)(1) of the 

26 Export Administration Act of 1979, as continued in effect 
261

•HR 1950 RH 

1 under the International Emergency Economic Powers Act, 

2 by reason of acts giving rise to such sanctions that were 

3 committed by foreign persons on or after January 1, 2003. 

4 SEC. 1423. COMPREHENSIVE UNITED STATES MISSILE PRO5 LIFERATION SANCTIONS ON ALL RESPON6 SIBLE PERSONS. 

7 (a) ARMS EXPORT CONTROL ACT.—Section 73(a) (22 

8 U.S.C. 2797b(a)) is amended by adding at the end the fol9 lowing new paragraph: 

10 ‘‘(3)(A) Sanctions imposed upon a foreign person 

11 under paragraph (2) shall also be imposed on any govern12 mental entity that the President determines exercises effec13 tive control over, benefits from, or directly or indirectly fa14 cilitates the activities of that foreign person. 

15 ‘‘(B) When a sanction is imposed on a foreign person 

16 under paragraph (2), the President may also impose that 

17 sanction on any other person or entity that the President 

18 has reason to believe has or may acquire items that may 

19 not be exported to that foreign person on account of the 

20 sanction imposed on that foreign person, with the intent 

21 to transfer to that foreign person, or provide to that foreign 

22 person access to, such items. 

23 ‘‘(C) The President may also prohibit, for such period 

24 of time as he may determine, any transaction or dealing, 

25 by a United States person or within the United States, with 
262

•HR 1950 RH 

1 any foreign person on whom sanctions have been imposed 

2 under this subsection. 

3 ‘‘(D) The President shall report on an annual basis 

4 to the Committee on International Relations of the House 

5 of Representatives and the Committee on Foreign Relations 

6 of the Senate the identity of any foreign person that engages 

7 in any transaction or activity with a foreign person on 

8 whom sanctions have been imposed under this subsection 

9 that either—

10 ‘‘(i) would be the basis for imposing sanctions 

11 under subparagraph (B) but for which sanctions have 

12 not been imposed; or 

13 ‘‘(ii) would be the basis for imposing sanctions 

14 under subparagraph (C) if the transaction or activity 

15 had been carried out by a United States person or by 

16 a person in the United States. 

17 Such report shall be unclassified to the maximum extent 

18 feasible, but may include a classified annex.’’. 

19 (b) DEFINITION OF PERSON.—Section 74(a)(8)(A) (22 

20 U.S.C. 2797c(a)(8)(A)) is amended to read as follows: 

21 ‘‘(8)(A) the term ‘person’ means—

22 ‘‘(i) a natural person; 

23 ‘‘(ii) a corporation, business association, 

24 partnership, society, trust, transnational cor25 poration, or transnational joint venture, any
263

•HR 1950 RH 

1 other nongovernmental entity, organization, or 

2 group, and any governmental entity; 

3 ‘‘(iii) any subsidiary, subunit, or parent 

4 entity of any business enterprise or other organi5 zation or entity listed in clause (ii); and 

6 ‘‘(iv) any successor of any business enter7 prise or other organization or entity listed in 

8 clause (ii) or (iii); and’’. 

9 (c) EXPORT ADMINISTRATION ACT OF 1979.—

10 (1) SANCTIONS IMPOSED ON GOVERNMENT ENTI11 TIES.—Any sanction imposed on a foreign person 

12 under section 11B(b)(1)(B) of the Export Administra13 tion Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2410b(b)(1)(B)), as 

14 continued in effect under the International Emer15 gency Economic Powers Act (in this subsection re16 ferred to as a ‘‘dual use sanction’’), shall also be im17 posed on any governmental entity that the President 

18 determines exercises effective control over, benefits 

19 from, or directly or indirectly facilitates the activities 

20 of that foreign person. 

21 (2) OTHER ENTITIES.—When a dual use sanc22 tion is imposed on a foreign person, the President 

23 may also impose that sanction on any other person 

24 or entity that the President has reason to believe has 

25 or may acquire items that may not be exported to 
264

•HR 1950 RH 

1 that foreign person on account of the dual use sanc2 tion imposed on that foreign person, with the intent 

3 to transfer to that foreign person, or provide to that 

4 foreign person access to, such items. 

5 (3) TRANSACTIONS BY THIRD PARTIES.—The 

6 President may also prohibit, for such period of time 

7 as he may determine, any transaction or dealing, by 

8 a United States person or within the United States, 

9 with any foreign person on whom dual use sanctions 

10 have been imposed. 

11 (4) REPORT.—The President shall submit on an 

12 annual basis to the appropriate congressional com13 mittees a report that contains the identity of any for14 eign person that engages in any transaction or activ15 ity with a foreign person on whom dual use sanctions 

16 have been imposed that either—

17 (A) would be the basis for imposing dual 

18 use sanctions under paragraph (2) but for which 

19 such sanctions have not been imposed; or 

20 (B) would be the basis for imposing dual 

21 use sanctions under paragraph (3) if the trans22 action or activity had been carried out by a 

23 United States person or by a person in the 

24 United States. 
265

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Such report shall be unclassified to the maximum ex2 tent feasible, but may include a classified annex. 

3 (5) DEFINITIONS.—In this subsection: 

4 (A) PERSON.—The term ‘‘person’’ means—

5 (i) a natural person; 

6 (ii) a corporation, business association, 

7 partnership, society, trust, transnational 

8 corporation, or transnational joint venture, 

9 any other nongovernmental entity, organi10 zation, or group, and any governmental en11 tity; 

12 (iii) any subsidiary, subunit, or par13 ent entity of any business enterprise or 

14 other organization or entity listed in clause 

15 (ii); and 

16 (iv) any successor of any business en17 terprise or other organization or entity list18 ed in clause (ii) or (iii). 

19 (B) In the case of countries where it may 

20 be impossible to identify a specific governmental 

21 entity referred to in subparagraph (A), the term 

22 ‘‘person’’ means—

23 (i) all activities of that government re24 lating to the development or production of 

25 any missile equipment or technology; and 
266

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (ii) all activities of that government 

2 affecting the development or production of 

3 aircraft, electronics, and space systems or 

4 equipment. 

5 (C) UNITED STATES PERSON.—The term 

6 ‘‘United States person’’ has the meaning given 

7 that term in section 16(2) of the Export Admin8 istration Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2415(2)). 

9 (D) MISSILE EQUIPMENT OR TECH10 NOLOGY.—The term ‘‘missile equipment or tech11 nology’’ has the meaning given that term in sec12 tion 11B(c) of the Export Administration Act of 

13 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2410b(c)). 

14 (d) EFFECTIVE DATE.—The amendments made by 

15 subsections (a) and (b) shall apply with respect to sanctions 

16 imposed on or after January 1, 2003, on foreign persons 

17 under section 73(a)(2) of the Arms Export Control Act, and 

18 the provisions of subsection (c) shall apply with respect to 

19 sanctions imposed on or after January 1, 2003, on foreign 

20 persons under section 11B(b) of the Export Administration 

21 Act of 1979 (50 U.S.C. App. 2410b(b)), as continued in ef22 fect under the International Emergency Economic Powers 

23 Act.
267

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Subtitle C—Incentives for Missile 

2 Threat Reduction 

3 SEC. 1431. FOREIGN ASSISTANCE. 

4 (a) TYPES OF ASSISTANCE.—The President is author5 ized to provide, on such terms as the President deems appro6 priate, the following assistance to countries that agree to 

7 destroy their ballistic missiles, and their facilities for pro8 ducing ballistic missiles, that have a payload capacity of 

9 500 kilograms or more over a distance of 300 kilometers 

10 or more: 

11 (1) Assistance under section 23 of the Arms Ex12 port Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2763). 

13 (2) Assistance under chapter 4 of part II of the 

14 Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2346 et 

15 seq.), notwithstanding section 531(e) or 660(a) of that 

16 Act (22 U.S.C. 2346(e) or 2420(a)). 

17 (3) Drawdown of defense articles, defense serv18 ices, and military education and training under sec19 tion 506 of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 

20 U.S.C. 2318). 

21 (b) CONGRESSIONAL NOTIFICATION.—Assistance au22 thorized under subsection (a) may not be provided until 30 

23 days after the date on which the President has provided 

24 notice thereof to the appropriate congressional committees 

25 in accordance with the procedures applicable to reprogram-
268

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ming notifications under section 634A(a) of the Foreign As2 sistance Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2394–1(a)). 

3 (c) LIMITATION.—Any assistance provided to a coun4 try under subsection (a) may not be provided in more than 

5 3 fiscal years. 

6 SEC. 1432. AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS. 

7 (a) AUTHORIZATION.—There is authorized to be ap8 propriated to the President to carry out section 1431 the 

9 sum of $250,000,000. 

10 (b) AVAILABILITY.—Amounts appropriated pursuant 

11 to the authorization of appropriations under subsection (a) 

12 are authorized to remain available until expended. 

13 SEC. 1433. AUTHORIZATION OF TECHNICAL ASSISTANCE IN 

14 MISSILE DISARMAMENT. 

15 The President is authorized to provide technical assist16 ance in the destruction of any missile or facility for pro17 ducing ballistic missiles, in any country that requests such 

18 assistance.

19 TITLE XV—EXPORTS OF 

20 SATELLITES 

21 SEC. 1501. EXPORT CONTROLS ON SATELLITES AND RE22 LATED ITEMS. 

23 Notwithstanding any other provision of law, in the 

24 case of the export of commercial communications satellites 

25 and related items to a country that is a member of the 
269

•HR 1950 RH 

1 North Atlantic Treaty Organization or that is a major non2 NATO ally of the United States, the President may deter3 mine to what extent, and under which provisions of law, 

4 such export may be controlled. 

5 SEC. 1502. MANDATORY REVIEW BY DEPARTMENT OF 

6 STATE. 

7 (a) CERTAIN DEFENSE SERVICES.—The provision of 

8 defense services by United States persons, including services 

9 or assistance provided during technical interchange meet10 ings, in connection with the launch of a satellite from, or 

11 by nationals of, the People’s Republic of China, are subject 

12 to section 38 of the Arms Export Control Act. 

13 (b) NOTIFICATION TO CONGRESS.—At least 30 days be14 fore any export license or any technical assistance agree15 ment is approved under subsection (a), the President shall 

16 transmit a certification with respect to such export license 

17 or technical assistance agreement in the manner provided 

18 in section 36(d) of the Arms Export Control Act, to the 

19 Speaker of the House of Representatives and the chairman 

20 of the Committee on Foreign Relations of the Senate. The 

21 export license or technical assistance agreement shall not 

22 be approved if the Congress, within that 30-day period, en23 acts a joint resolution prohibiting such approval. The pro24 visions of section 36(d)(5) of that Act shall apply with re25 spect to any such joint resolution, and the provisions of sec-
270

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tion 36(f) of that Act shall apply with respect to any certifi2 cation submitted under this subsection. 

3 SEC. 1503. EXPORT RESTRICTIONS NOT AFFECTED. 

4 Nothing in this title shall be construed to—

5 (1) modify any restriction on exports imposed 

6 under any other provision of law, including—

7 (A) restrictions on exports to—

8 (i) any country the government of 

9 which has been determined by the Secretary 

10 of State to have repeatedly provided support 

11 for acts of international terrorism; 

12 (ii) any country that does not adhere 

13 to the Missile Technology Control Regime; 

14 or 

15 (iii) any other country of proliferation 

16 concern; and 

17 (B) restrictions imposed under title IX of 

18 the Foreign Relations Authorization Act, Fiscal 

19 Years 1990 and 1991; or 

20 (2) affect any provision of section 1514 or 1515 

21 of the Strom Thurmond National Defense Authoriza22 tion Act for Fiscal Year 1999 (22 U.S.C. 2778 note), 

23 or of title XIV of the National Defense Authorization 

24 Act for Fiscal Year 2000 (22 U.S.C. 2778 note). 
271

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1504. DEFINITIONS. 

2 In this title: 

3 (1) DEFENSE SERVICE.—The term ‘‘defense serv4 ice’’ means—

5 (A) the furnishing of assistance (including 

6 training) to foreign persons, whether in the 

7 United States or abroad, in the design, develop8 ment, engineering, manufacture, production, as9 sembly, testing, repair, maintenance, modifica10 tion, operation, destruction, processing, or use of 

11 a satellite or related items; and 

12 (B) the furnishing to foreign persons, 

13 whether in the United States or abroad, of any 

14 technical data in connection with a satellite or 

15 related items. 

16 (2) RELATED ITEMS.—The term ‘‘related items’’ 

17 means the satellite fuel, ground support equipment, 

18 test equipment, payload adapter or interface hard19 ware, replacement parts, and nonembedded solid pro20 pellant orbit transfer engines described in the report 

21 submitted to Congress by the Department of State on 

22 February 6, 1998, pursuant to section 38(f) of the 

23 Arms Export Control Act (22 U.S.C. 2778(f)), as well 

24 as systems, components, parts, accessories, and associ25 ated equipment for satellites, including ground con26 trol equipment.
272

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (3) UNITED STATES PERSON.—The term ‘‘United 

2 States person’’ has the meaning given that term in 

3 section 16(2) of the Export Administration Act of 

4 1979 (50 U.S.C. 1415(2)).

5 TITLE XVI XV—PROMOTION OF 

6 DEMOCRACY, HUMAN RIGHTS, 

7 AND RULE OF LAW IN 

8 BELARUS

9 SEC. 1601 1501. ASSISTANCE TO PROMOTE DEMOCRACY AND 

10 CIVIL SOCIETY IN BELARUS.

11 (a) PURPOSES OF ASSISTANCE.—The assistance under 

12 this section shall be available for the following purposes: 

13 (1) To assist the people of the Republic of 

14 Belarus in regaining their freedom and to enable 

15 them to join the European community of democracies. 

16 (2) To encourage free and fair presidential, par17 liamentary, and local elections in Belarus, conducted 

18 in a manner consistent with internationally accepted 

19 standards and under the supervision of internation20 ally recognized observers. 

21 (3) To assist in restoring and strengthening in22 stitutions of democratic governance in Belarus. 

23 (b) AUTHORIZATION FOR ASSISTANCE.—To carry out 

24 the purposes of subsection (a), the President is authorized 

25 to furnish assistance and other support for the activities 
273

•HR 1950 RH 

1 described in subsection (c), to be provided primarily for in2 digenous Belarusian groups that are committed to the sup3 port of democratic processes. 

4 (c) ACTIVITIES SUPPORTED.—Activities that may be 

5 supported by assistance under subsection (b) include—

6 (1) the observation of elections and the pro7 motion of free and fair electoral processes; 

8 (2) development of democratic political parties; 

9 (3) radio and television broadcasting to and 

10 within Belarus; 

11 (4) the development of nongovernmental organi12 zations promoting democracy and supporting human 

13 rights; 

14 (5) the development of independent media work15 ing within Belarus and from locations outside the 

16 country and supported by nonstate-controlled print17 ing facilities; 

18 (6) international exchanges and advanced profes19 sional training programs for leaders and members of 

20 the democratic forces in skill areas central to the de21 velopment of civil society; and 

22 (7) other activities consistent with the purposes 

23 of this title. 

24 (d) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—
274

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) IN GENERAL.—There is authorized to be ap2 propriated to the President to carry out this section 

3 such sums as may be necessary for fiscal years 2004 

4 and 2005. 

5 (2) AVAILABILITY OF FUNDS.—Amounts appro6 priated pursuant to the authorization of appropria7 tions under paragraph (1) are authorized to remain 

8 available until expended.

9 SEC. 1602 1502. RADIO BROADCASTING TO BELARUS.

10 (a) PURPOSE.—It is the purpose of this section to au11 thorize increased support for United States Government 

12 and surrogate radio broadcasting to the Republic of Belarus 

13 that will facilitate the unhindered dissemination of infor14 mation. 

15 (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—In addi16 tion to such sums as are otherwise authorized to be appro17 priated, there is authorized to be appropriated such sums 

18 as may be necessary for each fiscal year for Voice of Amer19 ica and RFE/RL, Incorporated for radio broadcasting to 

20 the people of Belarus in languages spoken in Belarus.

21 SEC. 1603 1503. SENSE OF CONGRESS RELATING TO SANC22 TIONS AGAINST THE GOVERNMENT OF 

23 BELARUS.

24 (a) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of Congress 

25 that the sanctions described in subsections (c) and (d) 
275

•HR 1950 RH 

1 should apply with respect to the Republic of Belarus until 

2 the President determines and certifies to the appropriate 

3 congressional committees that the Government of Belarus 

4 has made significant progress in meeting the conditions de5 scribed in subsection (b). 

6 (b) CONDITIONS.—The conditions referred to in sub7 section (a) are the following: 

8 (1) The release of individuals in Belarus who 

9 have been jailed based on political or religious beliefs. 

10 (2) The withdrawal of politically motivated legal 

11 charges against all opposition figures and inde12 pendent journalists in Belarus. 

13 (3) A full accounting of the disappearances of 

14 opposition leaders and journalists in Belarus, includ15 ing Victor Gonchar, Anatoly Krasovsky, Yuri 

16 Zakharenka, and Dmitry Zavadsky, and the prosecu17 tion of those individuals who are responsible for their 

18 disappearances. 

19 (4) The cessation of all forms of harassment and 

20 repression against the independent media, inde21 pendent trade unions, nongovernmental organiza22 tions, religious organizations (including their leader23 ship and members), and the political opposition in 

24 Belarus. 
276

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (5) The implementation of free and fair presi2 dential and parliamentary elections in Belarus con3 sistent with OSCE standards on democratic elections 

4 and in cooperation with relevant OSCE institutions. 

5 (c) DENIAL OF ENTRY INTO THE UNITED STATES OF

6 BELARUSIAN OFFICIALS.—The President should use his au7 thority under section 212(f) of the Immigration and Na8 tionality Act (8 U.S.C. 1182(f)) to deny the entry into the 

9 United States of any alien who—

10 (1) holds a position in the senior leadership of 

11 the Government of Belarus; or 

12 (2) is a spouse, minor child, or agent of a person 

13 inadmissible under paragraph (1). 

14 (d) PROHIBITION ON LOANS AND INVESTMENT.—

15 (1) UNITED STATES GOVERNMENT FINANCING.—

16 No loan, credit guarantee, insurance, financing, or 

17 other similar financial assistance should be extended 

18 by any agency of the United States Government (in19 cluding the Export-Import Bank and the Overseas 

20 Private Investment Corporation) to the Government 

21 of Belarus, except with respect to the provision of hu22 manitarian goods and agricultural or medical prod23 ucts. 

24 (2) TRADE AND DEVELOPMENT AGENCY.—No 

25 funds available to the Trade and Development Agency
277

•HR 1950 RH 

1 should be available for activities of the Agency in or 

2 for Belarus. 

3 (e) MULTILATERAL FINANCIAL ASSISTANCE.—It is 

4 further the sense of Congress that, in addition to the appli5 cation of the sanctions described in subsections (c) and (d) 

6 to the Republic of Belarus (until the President determines 

7 and certifies to the appropriate congressional committees 

8 that the Government of Belarus has made significant 

9 progress in meeting the conditions described in subsection 

10 (b)), the Secretary of the Treasury should instruct the 

11 United States Executive Director of each international fi12 nancial institution to which the United States is a member 

13 to use the voice and vote of the United States to oppose 

14 any extension by those institutions of any financial assist15 ance (including any technical assistance or grant) of any 

16 kind to the Government of Belarus, except for loans and 

17 assistance that serve humanitarian needs.

18 SEC. 1604 1504. MULTILATERAL COOPERATION.

19 It is the sense of Congress that the President should 

20 continue to seek to coordinate with other countries, particu21 larly European countries, a comprehensive, multilateral 

22 strategy to further the purposes of this title, including, as 

23 appropriate, encouraging other countries to take measures 

24 with respect to the Republic of Belarus that are similar to 

25 measures described in this title.
278

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1605 1505. REPORT.

2 (a) REPORT.—Not later than 90 days after the date 

3 of enactment of this Act, and every year thereafter, the 

4 President shall transmit to the appropriate congressional 

5 committees a report that describes, with respect to the pre6 ceding 12-month period, the following: 

7 (1) The sale or delivery of weapons or weapons8 related technologies from the Republic of Belarus to 

9 any country, the government of which the Secretary 

10 of State has determined, for purposes of section 

11 6(j)(1) of the Export Administration Act of 1979 (50 

12 U.S.C. App. 2405(j)(1)), has repeatedly provided sup13 port for acts of international terrorism. 

14 (2) An identification of each country described 

15 in paragraph (1) and a detailed description of the 

16 weapons or weapons-related technologies involved in 

17 the sale. 

18 (3) An identification of the goods, services, cred19 its, or other consideration received by Belarus in ex20 change for the weapons or weapons-related tech21 nologies. 

22 (4) The personal assets and wealth of Aleksandr 

23 Lukashenka and other senior leadership of the Gov24 ernment of Belarus. 
279

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (b) FORM.—A report transmitted pursuant to sub2 section (a) shall be in unclassified form but may contain 

3 a classified annex.

4 SEC. 1606 1506. DEFINITIONS.

5 In this title: 

6 (1) OSCE.—The term ‘‘OSCE’’ means the Orga7 nization for Security and Cooperation in Europe. 

8 (2) SENIOR LEADERSHIP OF THE GOVERNMENT

9 OF BELARUS.—The term ‘‘senior leadership of the 

10 Government of Belarus’’ includes—

11 (A) the President, Prime Minister, Deputy 

12 Prime Ministers, government ministers, Chair13 men of State Committees, and members of the 

14 Presidential Administration of Belarus; 

15 (B) any official of the Government of 

16 Belarus who is personally and substantially in17 volved in the suppression of freedom in Belarus, 

18 including judges and prosecutors; and 

19 (C) any other individual determined by the 

20 Secretary of State (or the Secretary’s designee) to 

21 be personally and substantially involved in the 

22 formulation or execution of the policies of the 

23 Lukashenka regime that are in contradiction of 

24 internationally recognized human rights stand25 ards.
280

•HR 1950 RH 

1 TITLE XVII XVI—ISRAELI-PALES2 TINIAN PEACE ENHANCE3 MENT ACT OF 2003

4 SEC. 1701 1601. SHORT TITLE.

5 This title may be cited as the ‘‘Israeli-Palestinian 

6 Peace Enhancement Act of 2003’’.

7 SEC. 1702 1602. FINDINGS.

8 Congress makes the following findings: 

9 (1) The security of the State of Israel is a major 

10 and enduring national security interest of the United 

11 States. 

12 (2) A lasting peace in the Middle East region 

13 can only take root in an atmosphere free of violence 

14 and terrorism. 

15 (3) The Palestinian people have been ill-served 

16 by leaders who, by resorting to violence and terrorism 

17 to pursue their political objectives, have brought eco18 nomic and personal hardship to their people and 

19 brought a halt to efforts seeking a negotiated settle20 ment of the conflict. 

21 (4) The United States has an interest in a Mid22 dle East in which two states, Israel and Palestine, 

23 will live side by side in peace and security. 

24 (5) In his speech of June 24, 2002, and in other 

25 statements, President George W. Bush outlined a com-
281

•HR 1950 RH 

1 prehensive vision of the possibilities of peace in the 

2 Middle East region following a change in Palestinian 

3 leadership. 

4 (6) A stable and peaceful Palestinian state is 

5 necessary to achieve the security that Israel longs for, 

6 and Israel should take concrete steps to support the 

7 emergence of a viable, credible Palestinian state. 

8 (7) The Palestinian state must be a reformed, 

9 peaceful, and democratic state that abandons forever 

10 the use of terror. 

11 (8) On April 29, 2003, the Palestinian Legisla12 tive Council confirmed in office, by a vote of 51 yeas, 

13 18 nays, and 3 abstentions, the Palestinian 

14 Authority’s first prime minister, Mahmoud Abbas 

15 (Abu Mazen), and his cabinet. 

16 (9) In his remarks prior to the vote of the Pales17 tinian Legislative Council, Mr. Abbas declared: ‘‘The 

18 government will concentrate on the question of secu19 rity . . . The unauthorized possession of weapons, 

20 with its direct threat to the security of the population, 

21 is a major concern that will be relentlessly addressed 

22 . . . There will be no other decision-making authority 

23 except for the Palestinian Authority.’’. 

24 (10) In those remarks, Mr. Abbas further stated: 

25 ‘‘We denounce terrorism by any party and in all its
282

•HR 1950 RH 

1 forms both because of our religious and moral tradi2 tions and because we are convinced that such methods 

3 do not lend support to a just cause like ours but rath4 er destroy it.’’. 

5 (11) Israel has repeatedly indicated its willing6 ness to make painful concessions to achieve peace once 

7 there is a partner for peace on the Palestinian side.

8 SEC. 1703 1603. PURPOSES.

9 The purposes of this title are—

10 (1) to express the sense of Congress with respect 

11 to United States recognition of a Palestinian state; 

12 and 

13 (2) to demonstrate United States willingness to 

14 provide substantial economic and humanitarian as15 sistance, and to support large-scale multilateral as16 sistance, after the Palestinians have achieved the re17 forms outlined by President Bush and have achieved 

18 peace with the State of Israel.

19 SEC. 1704 1604. SENSE OF CONGRESS.

20 It is the sense of Congress that—

21 (1) peace between Israel and the Palestinians 

22 cannot be negotiated until the Palestinian system of 

23 government has been transformed along the lines out24 lined in President Bush’s June 24, 2002, speech; 
283

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) substantial United States and international 

2 economic assistance will be needed after the Palestin3 ians have achieved the reforms described in section 

4 620K(c)(2) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (as 

5 added by section 1706 of this Act) and have made a 

6 lasting and secure peace with Israel; 

7 (3) the Palestinian people merit commendation 

8 on the confirmation of the Palestinian Authority’s 

9 first prime minister, Mahmoud Abbas (Abu Mazen), 

10 and his cabinet; 

11 (4) the new Palestinian administration urgently 

12 should take the necessary security-related steps to 

13 allow for implementation of a performance-based road 

14 map to resolve the Israeli-Palestinian conflict; 

15 (5) the United States Administration should 

16 work vigorously toward the goal of two states living 

17 side-by-side in peace within secure and internation18 ally-recognized boundaries free from threats or acts of 

19 force; and 

20 (6) the United States has a vital national secu21 rity interest in a permanent, comprehensive, and just 

22 resolution of the Arab-Israeli conflict, and particu23 larly the Palestinian-Israeli conflict, based on the 

24 terms of United Nations Security Council Resolutions 

25 242 and 338.
284

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1705 1605. RECOGNITION OF A PALESTINIAN STATE.

2 It is the sense of Congress that a Palestinian state 

3 should not be recognized by the United States until the 

4 President determines that—

5 (1) a new leadership of a Palestinian governing 

6 entity, not compromised by terrorism, has been elected 

7 and taken office; and 

8 (2) the newly-elected Palestinian governing enti9 ty—

10 (A) has demonstrated a firm and tangible 

11 commitment to peaceful coexistence with the 

12 State of Israel and to ending anti-Israel incite13 ment, including the cessation of all officially 

14 sanctioned or funded anti-Israel incitement; 

15 (B) has taken appropriate measures to 

16 counter terrorism and terrorist financing in the 

17 West Bank and Gaza, including the dismantling 

18 of terrorist infrastructures and the confiscation 

19 of unlawful weaponry; 

20 (C) has established a new Palestinian secu21 rity entity that is fully cooperating with the ap22 propriate Israeli security organizations; 

23 (D) has achieved exclusive authority and re24 sponsibility for governing the national affairs of 

25 a Palestinian state, has taken effective steps to 

26 ensure democracy, the rule of law, and an inde-
285

•HR 1950 RH 

1 pendent judiciary, and has adopted other re2 forms ensuring transparent and accountable gov3 ernance; and 

4 (E) has taken effective steps to ensure that 

5 its education system promotes the acceptance of 

6 Israel’s existence and of peace with Israel and 

7 actively discourages anti-Israel incitement.

8 SEC. 1706 1606. LIMITATION ON ASSISTANCE TO A PALES9 TINIAN STATE.

10 Chapter 1 of part III of the Foreign Assistance Act 

11 of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2351 et seq.) is amended—

12 (1) by redesignating the second section 620G (as 

13 added by section 149 of Public Law 104–164 (110 

14 Stat. 1436)) as section 620J; and 

15 (2) by adding at the end the following new sec16 tion: 

17 ‘‘SEC. 620K. LIMITATION ON ASSISTANCE TO A PALES18 TINIAN STATE. 

19 ‘‘(a) LIMITATION.—

20 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Notwithstanding any other 

21 provision of law, assistance may be provided under 

22 this Act or any other provision of law to the govern23 ment of a Palestinian state only during a period for 

24 which a certification described in subsection (c) is in 

25 effect. The limitation contained in the preceding sen-
286

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tence shall not apply (A) to humanitarian or develop2 ment assistance that is provided through nongovern3 mental organizations for the benefit of the Palestinian 

4 people in the West Bank and Gaza, or (B) to assist5 ance that is intended to reform the Palestinian Au6 thority and affiliated institutions, or a newly elected 

7 Palestinian governing entity, in order to help meet 

8 the requirements contained in subparagraphs (A) 

9 through (H) of subsection (c)(2) or to address the 

10 matters described in subparagraphs (A) through (E) 

11 of section 1705(2) of the Israeli-Palestinian Peace En12 hancement Act of 2003. 

13 ‘‘(2) WAIVER.—The President may waive the 

14 limitation of the first sentence of paragraph (1) if the 

15 President determines and certifies to the Committee 

16 on International Relations of the House of Represent17 atives and the Committee on Foreign Relations of the 

18 Senate that it is vital to the national interest of the 

19 United States to do so. 

20 ‘‘(b) CONGRESSIONAL NOTIFICATION.—

21 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Assistance made available 

22 under this Act or any other provision of law to a Pal23 estinian state may not be provided until 15 days 

24 after the date on which the President has provided no25 tice thereof to the Committee on International Rela-
287

•HR 1950 RH 

1 tions and the Committee on Appropriations of the 

2 House of Representatives and to the Committee on 

3 Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropria4 tions of the Senate in accordance with the procedures 

5 applicable to reprogramming notifications under sec6 tion 634A(a) of this Act. 

7 ‘‘(2) SUNSET.—Paragraph (1) shall cease to be 

8 effective beginning ten years after the date on which 

9 notice is first provided under such paragraph. 

10 ‘‘(c) CERTIFICATION.—A certification described in this 

11 subsection is a certification transmitted by the President 

12 to Congress that—

13 ‘‘(1) a binding international peace agreement ex14 ists between Israel and the Palestinians that—

15 ‘‘(A) was freely signed by both parties; 

16 ‘‘(B) guarantees both parties’ commitment 

17 to a border between two states that constitutes a 

18 secure and internationally recognized boundary 

19 for both states, with no remaining territorial 

20 claims; 

21 ‘‘(C) provides a permanent resolution for 

22 both Palestinian refugees and Jewish refugees 

23 from Arab countries; and 

24 ‘‘(D) includes a renunciation of all remain25 ing Palestinian claims against Israel through
288

•HR 1950 RH 

1 provisions that commit both sides to the ‘‘end of 

2 the conflict’’; and 

3 ‘‘(2) the new Palestinian government—

4 ‘‘(A) has been democratically elected 

5 through free and fair elections, has exclusive au6 thority and responsibility for governing the na7 tional affairs of the Palestinian state, and has 

8 achieved the reforms outlined by President Bush 

9 in his June 24, 2002, speech; 

10 ‘‘(B) has completely renounced the use of vi11 olence against the State of Israel and its citizens, 

12 is vigorously attempting to prevent any acts of 

13 terrorism against Israel and its citizens, and 

14 punishes the perpetrators of such acts in a man15 ner commensurate with their actions; 

16 ‘‘(C) has dismantled, and terminated the 

17 funding of, any group within its territory that 

18 conducts terrorism against Israel; 

19 ‘‘(D) is engaging in ongoing and extensive 

20 security cooperation with the State of Israel; 

21 ‘‘(E) refrains from any officially sanctioned 

22 or funded statement or act designed to incite 

23 Palestinians or others against the State of Israel 

24 and its citizens; 
289

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(F) has an elected leadership not com2 promised by terror; 

3 ‘‘(G) is demilitarized; and 

4 ‘‘(H) has no alliances or agreements that 

5 pose a threat to the security of the State of 

6 Israel. 

7 ‘‘(d) RECERTIFICATIONS.—Not later than 90 days 

8 after the date on which the President transmits to Congress 

9 an initial certification under subsection (c), and every 6 

10 months thereafter for the 10-year period beginning on the 

11 date of transmittal of such certification—

12 ‘‘(1) the President shall transmit to Congress a 

13 recertification that the requirements contained in sub14 section (c) are continuing to be met; or 

15 ‘‘(2) if the President is unable to make such a 

16 recertification, the President shall transmit to Con17 gress a report that contains the reasons therefor. 

18 ‘‘(e) RULE OF CONSTRUCTION.—A certification under 

19 subsection (c) shall be deemed to be in effect beginning on 

20 the day after the last day of the 10-year period described 

21 in subsection (d) unless the President subsequently deter22 mines that the requirements contained in subsection (c) are 

23 no longer being met and the President transmits to Congress 

24 a report that contains the reasons therefor.’’.
290

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1707 1607. AUTHORIZATION OF ASSISTANCE TO A PAL2 ESTINIAN STATE.

3 Chapter 1 of part III of the Foreign Assistance Act 

4 of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2351 et seq.), as amended by section 

5 1706, is further amended by adding at the end the following 

6 new section: 

7 ‘‘SEC. 620L. AUTHORIZATION OF ASSISTANCE TO A PALES8 TINIAN STATE. 

9 ‘‘(a) ASSISTANCE.—The President is authorized to 

10 provide assistance to a Palestinian state in accordance with 

11 the requirements of this section. 

12 ‘‘(b) ACTIVITIES TO BE SUPPORTED.—Assistance pro13 vided under subsection (a) shall be used to support activities 

14 within a Palestinian state to substantially improve the 

15 economy and living conditions of the Palestinians by, 

16 among other things, providing for economic development in 

17 the West Bank and Gaza, continuing to promote democracy 

18 and the rule of law, developing water resources, assisting 

19 in security cooperation between Israelis and Palestinians, 

20 and helping with the compensation and rehabilitation of 

21 Palestinian refugees. 

22 ‘‘(c) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—Of the 

23 amounts made available to carry out chapter 4 of part II 

24 of this Act for a fiscal year, there are authorized to be ap25 propriated to the President to carry out subsections (a) and 

26 (b) such sums as may be necessary for each such fiscal year. 
291

•HR 1950 RH 

1 ‘‘(d) COORDINATION OF INTERNATIONAL ASSIST2 ANCE.—

3 ‘‘(1) IN GENERAL.—Beginning on the date on 

4 which the President transmits to Congress an initial 

5 certification under section 620K(c) of this Act, the 

6 Secretary of State shall seek to convene one or more 

7 donors conferences to gain commitments from other 

8 countries, multilateral institutions, and nongovern9 mental organizations to provide economic assistance 

10 to Palestinians to ensure that such commitments to 

11 provide assistance are honored in a timely manner, 

12 to ensure that there is coordination of assistance 

13 among the United States and such other countries, 

14 multilateral institutions, and nongovernmental orga15 nizations, to ensure that the assistance provided to 

16 Palestinians is used for the purposes for which is was 

17 provided, and to ensure that other countries, multilat18 eral institutions, and nongovernmental organizations 

19 do not provide assistance to Palestinians through en20 tities that are designated as terrorist organizations 

21 under United States law. 

22 ‘‘(2) REPORT.—Not later than 180 days after the 

23 date of the enactment of this section, and on an an24 nual basis thereafter, the Secretary of State shall pre25 pare and submit to the Committee on International 
292

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Relations and the Committee on Appropriations of 

2 the House of Representatives and the Committee on 

3 Foreign Relations and the Committee on Appropria4 tions of the Senate a report that describes the activi5 ties undertaken to meet the requirements of para6 graph (1), including a description of amounts com7 mitted, and the amounts provided, to a Palestinian 

8 state or Palestinians during the reporting period by 

9 each country and organization.’’.

10 TITLE XVIII XVII—MISCELLA11 NEOUS FOREIGN ASSISTANCE 

12 PROVISIONS

13 SEC. 1801 1701. ADDITIONAL AUTHORITIES RELATING TO 

14 INTERNATIONAL NARCOTICS CONTROL AS15 SISTANCE.

16 Notwithstanding any other provision of law, assistance 

17 provided by the United States Government to support inter18 national efforts to combat aerial trafficking of illicit nar19 cotics under chapter 8 of part I of the Foreign Assistance 

20 Act of 1961 or under any other provision of law shall in21 clude the authority to interdict illicit arms in connection 

22 with the trafficking of illicit narcotics.
293

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1802 1702. UNITED STATES OPIUM ERADICATION PRO2 GRAM IN COLOMBIA.

3 Not later than 180 days after the date of the enactment 

4 of this Act, the Secretary of State, acting through the De5 partment of State’s Narcotics Affairs Section (NAS) in Bo6 gota, Colombia, shall ensure that all pilots participating 

7 in the United States opium eradication program in Colom8 bia are Colombians and are fully trained, qualified, and 

9 experienced pilots, with preference provided to individuals 

10 who are members of the Colombian National Police.

11 SEC. 1803 1703. COOPERATIVE DEVELOPMENT PROGRAM.

12 Of the amounts made available for development assist13 ance under the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961, not less than 

14 $2,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2004 and 2005 are 

15 authorized to be made available to finance projects among 

16 the United States, Israel, and developing countries in Afri17 ca under the Cooperative Development Program.

18 SEC. 1804 1704. WEST BANK AND GAZA PROGRAM.

19 (a) OVERSIGHT.—For fiscal year 2004, the Secretary 

20 of State shall certify to the appropriate committees of Con21 gress not later than 30 days prior to the initial obligation 

22 of funds for the West Bank and Gaza that procedures have 

23 been established to assure the Comptroller General will have 

24 access to appropriate United States financial information 

25 in order to review the use of United States assistance for 

26 the West Bank and Gaza funded under chapter 4 of part 
294

•HR 1950 RH 

1 II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (‘‘Economic Sup2 port Fund’’). 

3 (b) VETTING.—Prior to any obligation of funds au4 thorized to be appropriated to carry out chapter 4 of part 

5 II of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 for assistance for 

6 the West Bank and Gaza, the Secretary of State shall take 

7 all appropriate steps to ensure that such assistance is not 

8 provided to or through any individual or entity that the 

9 Secretary knows, or has reason to believe, advocates, plans, 

10 sponsors, engages in, or has engaged in, terrorist activity. 

11 The Secretary of State shall, as appropriate, establish pro12 cedures specifying the steps to be taken in carrying out this 

13 subsection. 

14 (c) AUDITS.—

15 (1) IN GENERAL.—The Administrator of the 

16 United States Agency for International Development 

17 shall ensure that independent audits of all contractors 

18 and grantees, and significant subcontractors and sub19 grantees, under the West Bank and Gaza Program, 

20 are conducted at least on an annual basis to ensure, 

21 among other things, compliance with this section. 

22 (2) AUDITS BY INSPECTOR GENERAL OF

23 USAID.—Of the funds authorized to be appropriated 

24 by this Act to carry out chapter 4 of part II of the 

25 Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 that are made avail-
295

•HR 1950 RH 

1 able for assistance for the West Bank and Gaza, up 

2 to $1,000,000 may be used by the Office of the Inspec3 tor General of the United States Agency for Inter4 national Development for audits, inspections, and 

5 other activities in furtherance of the requirements of 

6 paragraph (1). Such funds are in addition to funds 

7 otherwise available for such purposes.

8 SEC. 1805 1705. ANNUAL HUMAN RIGHTS COUNTRY RE9 PORTS ON INCITEMENT TO ACTS OF DIS10 CRIMINATION.

11 (a) COUNTRIES RECEIVING ECONOMIC ASSISTANCE.—

12 Section 116(d) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 

13 U.S.C. 2151n(d)) is amended—

14 (1) in paragraph (9), by striking ‘‘and’’ at the 

15 end; 

16 (2) in paragraph (10), by striking the period at 

17 the end and inserting ‘‘; and’’; and 

18 (3) by adding at the end the following: 

19 ‘‘(11)(A) wherever applicable, in a separate sec20 tion with a separate heading, a description of the na21 ture and extent of—

22 ‘‘(i) propaganda in government and govern23 ment-controlled media and other sources, includ24 ing government-produced educational materials 

25 and textbooks, that attempt to justify or promote 
296

•HR 1950 RH 

1 racial hatred or incite acts of violence against 

2 any race or people; and 

3 ‘‘(ii) complicity or involvement in the cre4 ation of such propaganda or incitement of acts 

5 of violence against any race; and 

6 ‘‘(B) a description of the actions, if any, taken 

7 by the government of the country to eliminate such 

8 propaganda or incitement.’’. 

9 (b) COUNTRIES RECEIVING SECURITY ASSISTANCE.—

10 Section 502B(b) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 (22 

11 U.S.C. 2304(b)) is amended by inserting after the eighth 

12 sentence the following: ‘‘Each report under this section shall 

13 also include wherever applicable, in a separate section with 

14 a separate heading, a description of (i) the nature and ex15 tent of (I) propaganda in government and government-con16 trolled media and other sources, including government-pro17 duced educational materials and textbooks, that attempt to 

18 justify or promote racial hatred or incite acts of violence 

19 against any race, and (II) complicity or involvement in 

20 the creation of such propaganda or incitement of acts of 

21 violence against any race or people, and (ii) a description 

22 of the actions, if any, taken by the government of the coun23 try to eliminate such propaganda or incitement.’’.
297

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1806 1706. ASSISTANCE TO EAST TIMOR.

2 Section 632(b)(1) of the Foreign Relations Authoriza3 tion Act, Fiscal Year 2003 (Public Law 107–228) is amend4 ed by striking ‘‘the fiscal year 2003’’ and inserting ‘‘each 

5 of the fiscal years 2003, 2004, and 2005’’.

6 SEC. 1807 1707. SUPPORT FOR DEMOCRACY-BUILDING EF7 FORTS FOR CUBA.

8 (a) STATEMENT OF POLICY.—It is the policy of the 

9 United States to support those individuals and groups who 

10 struggle for freedom and democracy in Cuba, including 

11 human rights dissidents, independent journalists, inde12 pendent labor leaders, and other opposition groups. 

13 (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—

14 (1) IN GENERAL.—There are authorized to be ap15 propriated to the President to carry out section 

16 109(a) of Public Law 104–114 (22 U.S.C. 6039(a)) 

17 $15,000,000 for each of the fiscal years 2004 and 

18 2005. 

19 (2) ADDITIONAL AUTHORITIES.—Amounts ap20 propriated pursuant to the authorization of appro21 priations under subsection (a)—

22 (A) are authorized to remain available until 

23 expended; and 

24 (B) are in addition to amounts otherwise 

25 available for such purposes.
298

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1808 1708. AMENDMENT TO THE AFGHANISTAN FREE2 DOM SUPPORT ACT OF 2002.

3 The Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 2002 (22 

4 U.S.C. 7501 et seq.) is amended—

5 (1) in section 103(a) by striking ‘‘section 512 of 

6 Public Law 107–115 or any similar’’ and inserting 

7 ‘‘any other’’; and 

8 (1) in section 207(b) by striking ‘‘section 512 of 

9 Public Law 107–115 or any similar’’ and inserting 

10 ‘‘any other’’.

11 SEC. 1809 1709. CONGO BASIN FOREST PARTNERSHIP.

12 (a) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are 

13 authorized to be appropriated to the President to carry out 

14 the Congo Basin Forest Partnership (CBFP) program 

15 $18,600,000 for each of the fiscal years 2004 and 2005. Of 

16 the amounts appropriated pursuant to the authorization of 

17 appropriations under the preceding sentence for a fiscal 

18 year, $16,000,000 is authorized to be made available to the 

19 Central Africa Regional Program for the Environment 

20 (CARPE) of the United States Agency for International De21 velopment. 

22 (b) AVAILABILITY.—Amounts appropriated pursuant 

23 to the authorization of appropriations under subsection (a) 

24 are authorized to remain available until expended.
299

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1810 1710. COMBATTING THE PIRACY OF UNITED 

2 STATES COPYRIGHTED MATERIALS.

3 (a) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—In addi4 tion to such amounts as may otherwise be authorized to 

5 be appropriated for such purpose, there are authorized to 

6 be appropriated for the Department of State, $10,000,000 

7 to carry out the following activities in countries that are 

8 not members of the Organization for Economic Cooperation 

9 and Development (OECD): 

10 (1) Provision of equipment and training for for11 eign law enforcement, including in the interpretation 

12 of intellectual property laws. 

13 (2) Training for judges and prosecutors, includ14 ing in the interpretation of intellectual property laws. 

15 (3) Assistance in complying with obligations 

16 under appropriate international copyright and intel17 lectual property treaties and agreements.

18 (b) CONSULTATION WITH WORLD INTELLECTUAL

19 PROPERTY ORGANIZATION.—In carrying out subsection 

20 (a), the Department of State should make every effort to 

21 consult with, and provide appropriate assistance to, the 

22 World Intellectual Property Organization to promote the 

23 integration of non-OECD countries into the global intellec24 tual property system.
300

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1811 1711. ASSISTANCE FOR LAW ENFORCEMENT 

2 FORCES IN CERTAIN FOREIGN COUNTRIES.

3 Notwithstanding section 660 of the Foreign Assistance 

4 Act of 1961 (22 U.S.C. 2420), the Administrator of the 

5 United States Agency for International Development is au6 thorized to provide assistance for fiscal years 2004 and 

7 2005 to—

8 (1) law enforcement agencies of the Government 

9 of India for the purposes of enhancing their capacity 

10 for medical-first-response and search-and-rescue oper11 ations after a natural disaster, improving the access 

12 of women to justice, and combating the trafficking of 

13 persons; and 

14 (2) the new police force of Northern Ireland for 

15 the purpose of providing computer-based, human16 rights and other professional training, and the law 

17 enforcement agencies of the Republic of Ireland (ROI) 

18 for the purposes of fostering greater cooperation and 

19 communication between the police force of the Repub20 lic of Ireland and the new police force of Northern 

21 Ireland, as recommended by the Patten Commission.

22 SEC. 1812 1712. HUMAN RIGHTS AND DEMOCRACY FUND.

23 Section 664(c)(1) of the Freedom Investment Act of 

24 2002 (subtitle E of title VI of division A of Public Law 

25 107–228; 22 U.S.C. 2151n–2(c)(1)) is amended—
301

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (1) by striking ‘‘for fiscal year 2003’’ and insert2 ing ‘‘for each of the fiscal years 2003 through 2005’’; 

3 and 

4 (2) by striking ‘‘$21,500,000 is’’ and inserting 

5 ‘‘$21,500,000 for fiscal year 2003, $24,000,000 for fis6 cal year 2004, and such sums as may be necessary for 

7 fiscal year 2005 are’’.

8 SEC. 1813 1713. ENHANCED POLICE TRAINING.

9 Section 660(b) of the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 

10 (22 U.S.C. 2420(b)) is amended—

11 (1) in paragraph (7), by striking the period at 

12 the end and inserting ‘‘; or’’; and 

13 (2) by adding at the end the following new para14 graph: 

15 ‘‘(8) with respect to assistance provided to en16 hance the effectiveness and accountability of civilian 

17 police authority through training and technical as18 sistance in internationally recognized human rights, 

19 the rule of law, strategic planning, and counter-nar20 cotics, and through the promotion of civilian police 

21 roles that support democratic governance, including 

22 programs to combat corruption and the trafficking of 

23 persons, particularly by organized crime, prevent con24 flict, and foster improved police relations with the 

25 communities in which they serve.’’.
302

•HR 1950 RH 

1 SEC. 1814 1714. PROMOTING A SECURE AND DEMOCRATIC 

2 AFGHANISTAN.

3 (a) FINDINGS.—The Congress finds that—

4 (1) the United States has a vital interest in pro5 moting Afghanistan’s transition from chaos, civil 

6 war, and disorder to an increasingly prosperous 

7 democratic state, safe and secure with its neighbors, 

8 respecting human rights, particularly the rights of 

9 women and girls, dedicated to the liberty, literacy, 

10 and enrichment of its citizens, and serving as a model 

11 for other countries; 

12 (2) basic security in the major cities and along 

13 key transportation routes is critical to the reconstruc14 tion and development of Afghanistan, including fos15 tering implementation of the Bonn Agreement, achiev16 ing progress towards a democratic and tolerant gov17 ernment, and encouraging international private in18 vestment; 

19 (3) Afghanistan and its people remain under se20 rious threat from terrorism, insurgency, widespread 

21 crime, banditry, intimidation, rape, and suppression 

22 of minorities and women, and other grave violations 

23 of human rights continue to occur, especially in areas 

24 that do not have a routine presence of international 

25 security personnel;
303

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (4) lethal clashes continue between the private 

2 armies of warlords, attacks against Afghan civilians 

3 and officials and United States and international or4 ganization personnel are on the rise, and threats 

5 against civilians and whole villages not to cooperate 

6 with Americans or the central government are now 

7 routine; 

8 (5) the growth, production, and trafficking of Af9 ghan opium and its derivatives pose a serious threat 

10 to international peace and security and efforts toward 

11 reconstruction in Afghanistan; 

12 (6) recruitment and training of the Afghan Na13 tional Army and the Afghan National Police are seri14 ously behind schedule and will not be at full strength 

15 for several years, leaving the central government and 

16 Afghan citizens vulnerable to the depredations of ter17 rorists, insurgents, and the private armies of war18 lords; 

19 (7) although the 4,500 soldiers of the Inter20 national Security Assistance Force (ISAF) have pro21 vided much-needed security for the citizens of Kabul, 

22 it is not within their mandate or power to promote 

23 security to other areas, and human rights abuses are 

24 continuing in areas in and around Kabul where 

25 ISAF is not present; 
304

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (8) vastly disproportionate numbers of refugees 

2 returning from neighboring countries have gone to 

3 Kabul because of the security provided by ISAF and 

4 the insecurity of their home areas, overwhelming 

5 Kabul and far exceeding its capacity for shelter, food, 

6 and employment; 

7 (9) NATO has recently decided to take over re8 sponsibility for a limited ISAF, a welcome develop9 ment that will not, unfortunately, provide any addi10 tional security in Kabul or elsewhere; 

11 (10) the United States has stated on numerous 

12 occasions that it does not oppose the expansion of 

13 ISAF, but that heretofore other countries have not ex14 pressed a willingness to participate in an expanded 

15 force; 

16 (11) the United States has not itself dem17 onstrated a commitment to expansion of ISAF or a 

18 similar international security or peacekeeping force, a 

19 commitment to leadership that other nations may 

20 more likely follow; 

21 (12) the Secretary of Defense has announced that 

22 the combat phase of the war in Afghanistan has 

23 ended, and that the United States will be focusing its 

24 efforts on a reconstruction phase utilizing lightly25 armed, platoon-sized Provincial Reconstruction 
305

•HR 1950 RH 

1 Teams to provide security for reconstruction efforts, 

2 rather than an expanded international peacekeeping 

3 or patrolling security force; 

4 (13) the Provincial Reconstruction Teams may 

5 prove inadequate to provide a significant level of se6 curity to their regions, and are not tasked to secure 

7 the major transportation routes which are critical to 

8 the economic revival of Afghanistan; 

9 (14) United States and foreign nongovernmental 

10 aid workers and Afghan civilian aid workers are at 

11 great risk of being robbed, beaten, and killed in areas 

12 of Afghanistan that are not being patrolled by United 

13 States forces or Afghan central government forces; 

14 (15) such acts of theft, intimidation, and murder 

15 against foreign aid and Afghan civilian workers are 

16 occurring with increasing frequency, and are often de17 liberately committed by Taliban and other insurgent 

18 and rebel forces with the intention of creating suffi19 cient terror to undermine and arrest any efforts to re20 build Afghanistan into a peaceful, democratic, and 

21 prosperous nation that prohibits terrorism and tyr22 anny; 

23 (16) the report of the Inspector General of the 

24 United States Agency for International Development 

25 (USAID) confirms that USAID workers are virtual 
306

•HR 1950 RH 

1 captives in their compounds, able to venture out into 

2 the countryside for brief periods and only under 

3 heavy armed escort, conditions which are counter4 productive to their mission of assisting the people of 

5 Afghanistan; 

6 (17) the Taliban and al-Qaeda may believe they 

7 only have to create enough terror and uncertainty in 

8 the country to undermine the creation of strong rep9 resentative institutions, and wait until the United 

10 States leaves to again create chaos, exploit tribal ri11 valries, and plunge Afghanistan back into chaos; 

12 (18) failure to secure a peaceful and democratic 

13 Afghanistan will diminish the credibility of efforts by 

14 the United States and the international community 

15 to promote peace and democracy elsewhere in the 

16 Muslim world; and 

17 (19) unless general security can be provided in 

18 the major population areas, strategic highways, and 

19 border crossings and chokepoints, the goals for which 

20 the war in Afghanistan was fought may be lost and 

21 the efforts and lives spent in the attempt to liberate 

22 and rebuild Afghanistan may be wasted. 

23 (b) SECURITY POLICY.—

24 (1) SECURITY ALONG HIGHWAYS.—The President 

25 shall take immediate steps to ensure that there is ade-
307

•HR 1950 RH 

1 quate security along the length of highways con2 necting major Afghan urban centers in order to ter3 minate and deter acts of banditry, illegal checkpoints, 

4 human rights abuses, terrorism, and intimidation 

5 against Afghan and foreign civilians and military 

6 personnel. 

7 (2) DISARMAMENT, ETC. OF AFGHAN MILITIAS.—

8 The President shall take immediate steps to support 

9 directly the disarmament, demobilization, and re10 integration of Afghan militias and irregulars that are 

11 not formally part of the Afghan National Army or 

12 under the direct control of the central government in 

13 Afghanistan. 

14 (c) SENSE OF CONGRESS.—It is the sense of the Con15 gress that the President should take steps to implement sec16 tion 206(d) of the Afghanistan Freedom Support Act of 

17 2002 (Public Law 107–327) to expand significantly the 

18 International Security Assistance Force, or take such other 

19 steps as may be necessary, such as increasing the number 

20 and force levels of United States Provincial Reconstruction 

21 Teams, so as to—

22 (1) increase the area in which security is pro23 vided and undertake vital tasks related to promoting 

24 security, such as disarming warlords militias and 

25 irregulars; 
308

•HR 1950 RH 

1 (2) deter criminal activity, including rape, rob2 bery, and intimidation of civilians; and 

3 (3) safeguard highways in order to allow govern4 mental and nongovernmental assistance and recon5 struction personnel to move more freely in the coun6 tryside to provide humanitarian relief and rebuild 

7 Afghanistan.

8 SEC. 1815 1715. GRANTS TO THE AFRICA SOCIETY.

9 (a) GRANTS TO THE AFRICA SOCIETY.—For any fiscal 

10 year, the Secretary of State is authorized to make grants 

11 to the Africa Society to carry out programs and activities 

12 that advance United States interests and values in Africa 

13 through public and private partnerships that facilitate the 

14 continent’s political transition to more open democratic so15 cieties, support equitable economic growth through trade 

16 and investment, support efforts to promote transparency 

17 and openness through the public and private sectors, en18 courage civil society growth and development, and promote 

19 awareness of all Americans about Africa, consistent with 

20 a grant agreement under such terms as the Secretary of 

21 State considers necessary and appropriate. 

22 (b) AUTHORIZATION OF APPROPRIATIONS.—There are 

23 authorized to be appropriated to carry out this section 

24 $1,000,000 for the fiscal year 2004 and such sums as may 

25 be necessary for the fiscal year 2005.

Union Calendar No. 105

108TH CONGRESS 

1ST SESSION H. R. 1950

[Report No. 108–105, Parts I, II, III, and IV] 

A BILL

To authorize appropriations for the Department of 

State for the fiscal years 2004 and 2005, to authorize appropriations under the Arms Export Control Act and the Foreign Assistance Act of 1961 for security assistance for fiscal years 2004 and 2005, and for other purposes. 

JULY 11, 2003

Reported from the Committee on Energy and Commerce 

with an amendment, committed to the Committee on the Whole House on the State of the Union, and ordered printed